TWI724017B - Optical components with surface protective film - Google Patents

Abstract

本發明提供一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其係於一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊、且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜之光學構件，並且於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側，且該光學構件自該積層體之起始剝離力P大於該剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q。The present invention provides an optical component with a surface protection film, which is an optical component with a release liner attached to one surface via an adhesive layer and a surface protection film attached to the other surface, and when the release liner is to be released When the mat is peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention sequentially has: a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, an adhesive layer (2) provided on the side of the optical member opposite to the surface protective film, and the adhesive layer A release liner provided on the side opposite to the optical member of the agent layer (2), and the surface protective film includes a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), and the adhesive layer (1) of the surface protective film is an optical member Side, and the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminate is greater than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminate.

Description

附有表面保護膜之光學構件Optical components with surface protective film

本發明係關於一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件。本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件係於光學構件之表面貼合有表面保護膜之構件。The present invention relates to an optical component with a surface protective film. The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is a member in which a surface protective film is attached to the surface of the optical member.

於液晶顯示裝置等光學製品之製造步驟中，通常在偏光板等光學構件之一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊。並且，於將此種光學構件貼合於其他構件(例如其他光學構件)之情形時，在貼合前將剝離襯墊剝離使黏著劑層露出，再貼合於其他構件(例如專利文獻1)。 另一方面，為了防止加工、組裝、檢查、輸送等時表面之損傷，光學構件通常在露出面側貼合表面保護膜。此種表面保護膜於不再需要表面保護時自光學構件被剝離。 即，於液晶顯示裝置等光學製品之製造步驟中，通常，於光學構件之一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊，且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜。 於此種附有表面保護膜之光學構件中，於如上述般欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，重要的是僅於該剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之界面發生剝離。然而，於先前之附有表面保護膜之光學構件中，於如上述般欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，會發生光學構件與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離之問題，即，於光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離之問題。此種問題於光學構件較薄之情形時尤為顯著。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特許第3972676號公報In the manufacturing process of optical products such as liquid crystal display devices, a release liner is usually bonded to one surface of an optical member such as a polarizing plate via an adhesive layer. In addition, when bonding such an optical member to another member (for example, another optical member), the release liner is peeled off before bonding to expose the adhesive layer, and then bonded to another member (for example, Patent Document 1) . On the other hand, in order to prevent surface damage during processing, assembly, inspection, transportation, etc., the optical member is usually bonded with a surface protection film on the exposed side. Such a surface protection film is peeled off from the optical member when surface protection is no longer needed. That is, in the manufacturing steps of optical products such as liquid crystal display devices, usually, a release liner is attached to one surface of an optical member via an adhesive layer, and a surface protection film is attached to the other surface. In such an optical member with a surface protection film, when the release liner is to be peeled off as described above, it is important that peeling occurs only at the interface between the release liner and the adhesive layer. However, in the previous optical member with a surface protective film, when the release liner is to be peeled off as described above, the problem of peeling off the optical member from the surface protective film together with the release liner occurs, that is, in the optical member The problem of peeling off the interface with the surface protective film. This problem is particularly noticeable when the optical component is thin. [Prior Art Document] [Patent Document] [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 3972676

[發明所欲解決之問題] 本發明之課題在於提供一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其係於一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊、且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜之光學構件，並且於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 [解決問題之技術手段] 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有： 光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且 該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)， 該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側，且 該光學構件自該積層體之起始剝離力P大於該剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q。 於一實施形態中，上述光學構件之厚度為1 μm～500 μm。 於一實施形態中，上述表面保護膜之厚度為5 μm～500 μm。 於一實施形態中，上述剝離襯墊之厚度為1 μm～500 μm。 於一實施形態中，上述基材層為塑膠膜。 於一實施形態中，上述黏著劑層(1)所含有之黏著劑為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑中之至少1種。 於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 於一實施形態中，上述多元醇(A)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。 於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。 於一實施形態中，上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有脂肪酸酯。 於一實施形態中，上述丙烯酸系黏著劑包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。 於一實施形態中，上述表面保護膜相對於上述光學構件表面之潤濕速度為5 cm² /秒以上。 [發明之效果] 根據本發明，可提供一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其係於一表面經由黏著劑層貼合有剝離襯墊、且於另一表面貼合有表面保護膜之光學構件，並且於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。[Problem to be solved by the invention] The problem of the present invention is to provide an optical member with a surface protection film, which is bonded to one surface with a release liner through an adhesive layer, and bonded to the other surface with a surface protection The optical member of the film, and when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. [Technical Means for Solving the Problem] The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention sequentially has: a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, and an adhesive layer provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film ( 2), and a release liner provided on the side of the adhesive layer (2) opposite to the optical member, and the surface protection film includes a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), the adhesive of the surface protection film The layer (1) is the optical member side, and the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminate is greater than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminate. In one embodiment, the thickness of the above-mentioned optical member is 1 μm to 500 μm. In one embodiment, the thickness of the surface protection film is 5 μm to 500 μm. In one embodiment, the thickness of the release liner is 1 μm to 500 μm. In one embodiment, the above-mentioned substrate layer is a plastic film. In one embodiment, the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (1) is at least 1 selected from the group consisting of urethane-based adhesives, acrylic-based adhesives, rubber-based adhesives, and silicone-based adhesives. Kind. In one embodiment, the aforementioned urethane-based adhesive includes a polyurethane-based resin formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). In one embodiment, the equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is 2.0 or less in terms of NCO group/OH group. In one embodiment, the above-mentioned urethane-based adhesive includes a polyurethane-based resin formed from a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) . In one embodiment, the equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is 2.0 or less in terms of NCO group/OH group. In one embodiment, the above-mentioned urethane-based adhesive contains fatty acid ester. In one embodiment, the above-mentioned acrylic adhesive includes an acrylic resin formed from the following composition, the composition containing: (a) (meth)acrylic acid with 4-12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety Alkyl ester, (b) at least one selected from (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid having OH groups, (c) selected from multifunctional isocyanate-based crosslinking agent and epoxy-based crosslinking agent At least one of them. In one embodiment, the wetting speed of the surface protection film with respect to the surface of the optical member is 5 cm ² /sec or more. [Effects of the Invention] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical member with a surface protective film, which is an optical member with a release liner attached to one surface via an adhesive layer and a surface protective film attached to the other surface When the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film.

≪≪附有表面保護膜之光學構件≫≫ 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側。 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件只要具有光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，則亦可於無損本發明之效果之範圍內具有任意適當之其他層。 圖1係本發明之一實施形態之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之概略剖視圖。圖1中，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件1000依序具有剝離襯墊10、黏著劑層(2)20、光學構件30、黏著劑層(1)40及基材層50，黏著劑層(1)40與基材層50構成表面保護膜100。 光學構件之厚度較佳為1 μm～500 μm，更佳為3 μm～450 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～400 μm，尤佳為10 μm～300 μm。本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件即使於如此般光學構件之厚度較薄之情形時，亦可表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 表面保護膜之厚度較佳為5 μm～500 μm，更佳為10 μm～450 μm，進而較佳為15 μm～400 μm，尤佳為20 μm～300 μm。藉由將表面保護膜之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 剝離襯墊之厚度較佳為1 μm～500 μm，更佳為3 μm～450 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～400 μm，尤佳為10 μm～300 μm。藉由將剝離襯墊之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 關於本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，光學構件自該光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體之起始剝離力P大於剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q。藉由使起始剝離力P大於起始剝離力Q，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q為1以上。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為5以上，更佳為5～20，進而較佳為6～15，尤佳為6～13。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 在剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為2.1以上，更佳為2.1～20，進而較佳為2.3～15，尤佳為2.5～10。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為1.01以上，更佳為1.01～10，進而較佳為1.03～5，尤佳為1.03～3。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q較佳為1.05以上，更佳為1.05～10，進而較佳為1.1～5，尤佳為1.2～3。若上述起始剝離力P/起始剝離力Q在上述範圍內，則本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件更難與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，更難在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 圖2係對光學構件自該光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體之起始剝離力P進行說明之概略剖視圖。如圖2所示，起始剝離力P係將光學構件30自光學構件30與表面保護膜100之積層體剝離時之起始剝離力。對於起始剝離力P之測定方法，於後文中進行說明。 圖3係對剝離襯墊之起始剝離力Q進行說明之概略剖視圖。如圖3所示，起始剝離力Q係將剝離襯墊10自剝離襯墊10、黏著劑層(2)20及光學構件30之積層體剝離時之起始剝離力。對於起始剝離力Q之測定方法，於後文中進行說明。 ≪光學構件≫ 作為光學構件，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之光學構件。光學構件可為1層，亦可為多層。作為此種光學構件，較佳為列舉：偏光板、包含偏光板之多層光學元件、相位差板、LCD、使用有LCD等之觸控面板、LCD所使用之彩色濾光片等。 ≪表面保護膜≫ 表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)。表面保護膜只要包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，則可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內具有任意適當之其他層。 表面保護膜相對於光學構件表面之潤濕速度較佳為5 cm² /秒以上，更佳為7 cm² /秒以上，進而較佳為8 cm² /秒以上，尤佳為8.5 cm² /秒以上。若表面保護膜相對於光學構件表面之潤濕速度在上述範圍內，則表面保護膜相對於光學構件表面之潤濕速度優異，例如不易在光學構件表面與表面保護膜之間存在氣泡。 表面保護膜可藉由任意適當之方法製造。作為此種製造方法，例如可根據下述方法等任意適當之方法進行： (1)將黏著劑層(1)之形成材料之溶液或熱熔融液塗佈於基材層上之方法， (2)將根據上述(1)之方法塗佈、形成為隔離膜狀之黏著劑層(1)移至基材層上之方法， (3)將黏著劑層(1)之形成材料擠出並塗佈形成於基材層上之方法， (4)以兩層或多層擠出基材層與黏著劑層(1)之方法， (5)將黏著劑層(1)單層層壓於基材層上之方法或將層壓層以及黏著劑層兩層層壓於基材層上之方法， (6)將黏著劑層(1)與膜或層壓層等基材層形成材料進行兩層或多層層壓之方法。 作為塗佈之方法，例如可使用輥塗法、缺角輪塗佈法、模塗法、反向塗佈法、絲網法、凹版塗佈法等。 ＜基材層＞ 基材層可僅為1層，亦可為2層以上。基材層可為經延伸者。 基材層之厚度較佳為4 μm～450 μm，更佳為8 μm～400 μm，進而較佳為12 μm～350 μm，尤佳為16 μm～250 μm。藉由將基材層之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 對於基材層之未設置黏著劑層(1)之面，為了形成容易回卷之捲繞體等，例如可於基材層中添加脂肪酸醯胺、聚伸乙基亞胺、長烷烴基系添加劑等進行脫模處理，或者設置包含聚矽氧系、長烷烴基系、氟系等之任意適當之剝離劑的塗層。 作為基材層之材料，可根據用途採用任意適當之材料。例如可列舉：塑膠、紙、金屬膜、不織布等。較佳為塑膠。即，基材層較佳為塑膠膜。基材層可由1種材料構成，亦可由2種以上之材料構成。例如可由2種以上之塑膠構成。 作為上述塑膠，例如可列舉：聚酯系樹脂、聚醯胺系樹脂、聚烯烴系樹脂等。作為聚酯系樹脂，例如可列舉：聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等。作為聚烯烴系樹脂，例如可列舉：烯烴單體之均聚物、烯烴單體之共聚物等。作為聚烯烴系樹脂，具體而言，例如可列舉：均聚丙烯；以乙烯成分作為共聚合成分之嵌段系、無規系、接枝系等丙烯系共聚物；Reactor-TPO；低密度、高密度、線性低密度、超低密度等乙烯系聚合物；乙烯-丙烯共聚物、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸甲酯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸乙酯共聚物、乙烯-丙烯酸丁酯共聚物、乙烯-甲基丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-甲基丙烯酸甲酯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物等。 基材層可視需要含有任意適當之添加劑。作為基材層所可含有之添加劑，例如可列舉：抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、抗靜電劑、填充劑、顏料等。基材層所可含有之添加劑之種類、數、量可根據目的而適當設定。特別是於基材層之材料為塑膠之情形時，為了防止劣化等，較佳為含有若干上述添加劑。就提高耐候性等觀點而言，作為添加劑，尤佳為列舉：抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、填充劑。 作為抗氧化劑，可採用任意適當之抗氧化劑。作為此種抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：酚系抗氧化劑、磷系加工熱穩定劑、內酯系加工熱穩定劑、硫系耐熱穩定劑、苯酚-磷系抗氧化劑等。關於抗氧化劑之含有比率，相對於基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為1重量%以下，更佳為0.5重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～0.2重量%。 作為紫外線吸收劑，可採用任意適當之紫外線吸收劑。作為此種紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：苯并***系紫外線吸收劑、三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑、二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑等。關於紫外線吸收劑之含有比率，相對於形成基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為2重量%以下，更佳為1重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～0.5重量%。 作為光穩定劑，可採用任意適當之光穩定劑。作為此種光穩定劑，例如可列舉：受阻胺系光穩定劑、苯甲酸酯系光穩定劑等。關於光穩定劑之含有比率，相對於形成基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為2重量%以下，更佳為1重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～0.5重量%。 作為填充劑，可採用任意適當之填充劑。作為此種填充劑，例如可列舉無機系填充劑等。作為無機系填充劑，具體而言，例如可列舉：碳黑、氧化鈦、氧化鋅等。關於填充劑之含有比率，相對於形成基材層之基礎樹脂(於基材層為摻混物之情形時該摻混物為基礎樹脂)較佳為20重量%以下，更佳為10重量%以下，進而較佳為0.01重量%～10重量%。 進而，作為添加劑，為了賦予抗靜電性，亦可較佳地列舉：界面活性劑、無機鹽、多元醇、金屬化合物、碳等無機系、低分子量系及高分子量系抗靜電劑。特別是就污染、維持黏著性之觀點而言，較佳為高分子量系抗靜電劑、碳。 ＜黏著劑層(1)＞ 黏著劑層(1)可藉由任意適當之製造方法製造。作為此種製造方法，例如可列舉：將作為黏著劑層(1)之形成材料之組合物塗佈於基材層上，於基材層上形成黏著劑層(1)之方法。作為此種塗佈之方法，例如可列舉：輥塗、凹版塗佈、反向塗佈、輥刷、噴霧塗佈、氣刀塗佈法、利用模嘴塗佈機等之擠出塗佈等。 黏著劑層(1)之厚度較佳為1 μm～150 μm，更佳為2 μm～140 μm，進而較佳為3 μm～130 μm，尤佳為4 μm～120 μm。藉由將黏著劑層(1)之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 黏著劑層(1)中之黏著劑之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為60重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為70重量%～100重量%，尤佳為80重量%～100重量%，最佳為90重量%～100重量%。藉由將黏著劑層(1)中之黏著劑之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 黏著劑層(1)所含有之黏著劑較佳為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑、橡膠系黏著劑、聚矽氧系黏著劑中之至少1種，就能夠進一步表現出本發明之效果之觀點而言，更佳為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑、丙烯酸系黏著劑中之至少1種，進而較佳為胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 [胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑] 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑中之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為90重量%～100重量%，尤佳為95重量%～100重量%，最佳為98重量%～100重量%。藉由將胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑中之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑除了含有聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外，亦可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 作為聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。作為聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，較佳為由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，或者由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。藉由採用如上述者作為聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂較佳為含有抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑等劣化防止劑。藉由使聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂含有劣化防止劑，即使於貼合在被黏著體上後於加溫狀態下保存亦難以於被黏著體上產生糊劑殘留等，能夠使糊劑殘留防止性優異。劣化防止劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。作為劣化防止劑，尤佳為抗氧化劑。 作為抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：自由基鏈抑制劑、過氧化物分解劑等。 作為自由基鏈抑制劑，例如可列舉：酚系抗氧化劑、胺系抗氧化劑等。 作為過氧化物分解劑，例如可列舉：硫系抗氧化劑、磷系抗氧化劑等。 作為酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：單酚系抗氧化劑、雙酚系抗氧化劑、高分子型酚系抗氧化劑等。 作為單酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：2,6-二第三丁基對甲酚、丁基化羥基苯甲醚、2,6-二第三丁基-4-乙基苯酚、β-(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苯基)丙酸硬脂醇酯等。 作為雙酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-乙基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、4,4'-亞丁基雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、3,9-雙[1,1-二甲基-2-[β-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基-5-甲基苯基)丙醯氧基]乙基]2,4,8,10-四氧雜螺[5,5]十一烷等。 作為高分子型酚系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：1,1,3-三(2-甲基-4-羥基-5-第三丁基苯基)丁烷、1,3,5-三甲基-2,4,6-三(3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基)苯、四[亞甲基-3-(3',5'-二第三丁基-4'-羥基苯基)丙酸酯]甲烷、雙[3,3'-雙(4'-羥基-3'-第三丁基苯基)丁酸]二醇酯、1,3,5-三(3',5'-二第三丁基-4'-羥基苄基)均三𠯤-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)三酮、生育酚等。 作為硫系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：3,3'-硫代二丙酸二月桂酯、3,3'-硫代二丙酸二肉豆蔻酯、3,3'-硫代二丙酸二硬脂酯等。 作為磷系抗氧化劑，例如可列舉：亞磷酸三苯酯、亞磷酸二苯酯異癸酯、亞磷酸苯酯二異癸酯等。 作為紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑、苯并***系紫外線吸收劑、水楊酸系紫外線吸收劑、草醯苯胺系紫外線吸收劑、氰基丙烯酸酯系紫外線吸收劑、三𠯤系紫外線吸收劑等。 作為二苯甲酮系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：2,4-二羥基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-辛氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-十二烷氧基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2,2'-二羥基-4,4'-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-羥基-4-甲氧基-5-磺基二苯甲酮、雙(2-甲氧基-4-羥基-5-苯甲醯基苯基)甲烷等。 作為苯并***系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-5'-第三丁基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三丁基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3'-第三丁基-5'-甲基苯基)-5-氯苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三丁基苯基)5-氯苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-3',5'-二第三戊基苯基)苯并***、2-(2'-羥基-4'-辛氧基苯基)苯并***、2-[2'-羥基-3'-(3'',4'',5'',6'',-四氫鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基)-5'-甲基苯基]苯并***、2,2'-亞甲基雙[4-(1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基)-6-(2H-苯并***-2-基)苯酚]、2-(2'-羥基-5'-甲基丙烯醯氧基苯基)-2H-苯并***等。 作為水楊酸系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：水楊酸苯酯、水楊酸對第三丁基苯酯、水楊酸對辛基苯酯等。 作為氰基丙烯酸酯系紫外線吸收劑，例如可列舉：2-氰基-3,3'-二苯基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、2-氰基-3,3'-二苯基丙烯酸乙酯等。 作為光穩定劑，例如可列舉：受阻胺系光穩定劑、紫外線穩定劑等。 作為受阻胺系光穩定劑，例如可列舉：癸二酸雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶酯)、癸二酸雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯)、癸二酸甲酯1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶酯等。 作為紫外線穩定劑，例如可列舉：雙(辛基苯基)硫化鎳、[2,2'-硫代雙(4-第三辛基酚基)]-正丁基胺鎳、複合-3,5-二第三丁基-4-羥基苄基-磷酸單乙醇鎳、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸鎳、苯甲酸酯型之猝滅劑、二丁基二硫代胺基甲酸鎳等。 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑亦可含有脂肪酸酯。脂肪酸酯可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為200～400，更佳為210～395，進而較佳為230～380，尤佳為240～360，最佳為250～350。藉由將脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn調整在上述範圍內，能夠進一步提高潤濕速度。若脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn過小，則有即使增加添加份數，潤濕速度亦不會提高之虞。若脂肪酸酯之數量平均分子量Mn過大，則有乾燥時之黏著劑之硬化性變差，不僅潤濕特性而且對其他黏著特性產生不良影響之虞。 作為脂肪酸酯，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之脂肪酸酯。作為此種脂肪酸酯，例如可列舉：聚氧乙烯雙酚A月桂酸酯、硬脂酸丁酯、棕櫚酸2-乙基己酯、硬脂酸2-乙基己酯、山萮酸單甘油酯、2-乙基己酸鯨蠟酯、豆蔻酸異丙酯、棕櫚酸異丙酯、異硬脂酸膽固醇酯、甲基丙烯酸月桂酯、椰油脂肪酸甲酯、月桂酸甲酯、油酸甲酯、硬脂酸甲酯、豆蔻酸肉豆蔻酯、豆蔻酸辛基十二烷基酯、季戊四醇單油酸酯、季戊四醇單硬脂酸酯、季戊四醇四棕櫚酸酯、硬脂酸硬脂酯、硬脂酸異十三烷基酯、2-乙基己酸三甘油酯、月桂酸丁酯、油酸辛酯等。 關於製備胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑時之脂肪酸酯之調配比率，例如相對於多元醇(A)較佳為5重量%～50重量%，更佳為7重量%～45重量%，進而較佳為8重量%～40重量%，尤佳為9重量%～35重量%，最佳為10重量%～30重量%。 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑亦可包含含有氟有機陰離子之離子性液體。藉由使胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含含有氟有機陰離子之離子性液體，能夠提供抗靜電性非常優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。離子性液體可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 於本發明中，離子性液體係指在25℃下呈液狀之熔融鹽(離子性化合物)。 作為離子性液體，只要為含有氟有機陰離子之離子性液體，則可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之離子性液體。作為此種離子性液體，較佳為由氟有機陰離子與鎓陽離子構成之離子性液體。藉由採用由氟有機陰離子與鎓陽離子構成之離子性液體作為離子性液體，能夠提供抗靜電性極優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 作為能夠構成離子性液體之鎓陽離子，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之鎓陽離子。作為此種鎓陽離子，較佳為選自含氮之鎓陽離子、含硫之鎓陽離子、含磷之鎓陽離子中之至少1種。藉由選擇該等鎓陽離子，能夠提供抗靜電性極優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 作為能夠構成離子性液體之鎓陽離子，較佳為選自具有通式(1)～(5)所表示之結構之陽離子中之至少1種。 [化1]

通式(1)中，R_a 表示碳數4～20之烴基，可含有雜原子，R_b 和R_c 相同或不同，表示氫或碳數1～16之烴基，可含有雜原子。其中，於氮原子含有雙鍵之情形時，不存在R_c 。 通式(2)中，R_d 表示碳數2～20之烴基，可含有雜原子，R_e 、R_f 及R_g 相同或不同，表示氫或碳數1～16之烴基，可含有雜原子。 通式(3)中，R_h 表示碳數2～20之烴基，可含有雜原子，R_i 、R_j 及R_k 相同或不同，表示氫或碳數1～16之烴基，可含有雜原子。 通式(4)中，Z表示氮原子、硫原子或磷原子，R_l 、R_m 、R_n 及R_o 相同或不同，表示碳數1～20之烴基，可含有雜原子。其中，於Z為硫原子之情形時，不存在R_o 。 通式(5)中，X表示Li原子、Na原子或K原子。 作為通式(1)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：吡啶鎓陽離子、吡咯啶鎓陽離子、哌啶鎓陽離子、具有吡咯啉骨架之陽離子、具有吡咯骨架之陽離子等。 作為通式(1)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：1-乙基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3,4-二甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二甲基吡咯啶鎓陽離子等吡啶鎓陽離子；1-乙基-1-甲基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-丙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子等吡咯啶鎓陽離子；1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二甲基哌啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1,1-二丁基哌啶鎓陽離子等哌啶鎓陽離子；2-甲基-1-吡咯啉陽離子；1-乙基-2-苯基吲哚陽離子；1,2-二甲基吲哚陽離子；1-乙基咔唑陽離子等。 該等之中，就能夠更進一步表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為列舉：1-乙基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子等吡啶鎓陽離子；1-乙基-1-甲基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓陽離子等吡咯啶鎓陽離子；1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓陽離子、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓陽離子等哌啶鎓陽離子等，更佳為1-己基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓陽離子、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓陽離子。 作為通式(2)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：咪唑鎓陽離子、四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等。 作為通式(2)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：1,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1,3-二乙基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-辛基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-癸基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十二烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十四烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1,2-二甲基-3-丙基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-2,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-2,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-2,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子等咪唑鎓陽離子；1,3-二甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3-三甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,5-四甲基-1,4,5,6-四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等四氫嘧啶鎓陽離子；1,3-二甲基-1,4-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,3-二甲基-1,6-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3-三甲基-1,4-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3-三甲基-1,6-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,4-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,6-二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等二氫嘧啶鎓陽離子等。 該等之中，就能夠更進一步表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為1,3-二甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1,3-二乙基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-辛基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-癸基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十二烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-十四烷基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子等咪唑鎓陽離子，更佳為1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓陽離子。 作為通式(3)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：吡唑鎓陽離子、吡唑啉鎓陽離子等。 作為通式(3)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：1-甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、3-甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-2-甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓陽離子、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓陽離子等吡唑鎓陽離子；1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑啉鎓陽離子、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑啉鎓陽離子、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑啉鎓陽離子等吡唑啉鎓陽離子等。 作為通式(4)所表示之陽離子，例如可列舉：四烷基銨陽離子、三烷基鋶陽離子、四烷基鏻陽離子、上述烷基之一部分被烯基、烷氧基、進而環氧基取代而得者等。 作為通式(4)所表示之陽離子之具體例，例如可列舉：四甲基銨陽離子、四乙基銨陽離子、四丁基銨陽離子、四戊基銨陽離子、四己基銨陽離子、四庚基銨陽離子、三乙基甲基銨陽離子、三丁基乙基銨陽離子、三甲基丙基銨陽離子、三甲基癸基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨陽離子、縮水甘油基三甲基銨陽離子、三甲基鋶陽離子、三乙基鋶陽離子、三丁基鋶陽離子、三己基鋶陽離子、二乙基甲基鋶陽離子、二丁基乙基鋶陽離子、二甲基癸基鋶陽離子、四甲基鏻陽離子、四乙基鏻陽離子、四丁基鏻陽離子、四己基鏻陽離子、四辛基鏻陽離子、三乙基甲基鏻陽離子、三丁基乙基鏻陽離子、三甲基癸基鏻陽離子、二烯丙基二甲基銨陽離子等。 該等之中，就能夠更進一步表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為列舉：三乙基甲基銨陽離子、三丁基乙基銨陽離子、三甲基癸基銨陽離子、二乙基甲基鋶陽離子、二丁基乙基鋶陽離子、二甲基癸基鋶陽離子、三乙基甲基鏻陽離子、三丁基乙基鏻陽離子、三甲基癸基鏻陽離子等非對稱之四烷基銨陽離子；三烷基鋶陽離子、四烷基鏻陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨陽離子、縮水甘油基三甲基銨陽離子、二烯丙基二甲基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丁基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-壬基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二丙基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-丙基-N-丁基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-丁基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-丁基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N-戊基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二己基銨陽離子、三甲基庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-丙基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨陽離子、三乙基丙基銨陽離子、三乙基戊基銨陽離子、三乙基庚基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-乙基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N-丁基-N-己基銨陽離子、N,N-二丙基-N,N-二己基銨陽離子、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨陽離子、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-己基銨陽離子、三辛基甲基銨陽離子、N-甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨陽離子等，更佳為三甲基丙基銨陽離子。 作為能夠構成離子性液體之氟有機陰離子，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之氟有機陰離子。此種氟有機陰離子可完全被氟化(全氟化)，亦可被部分氟化。 作為此種氟有機陰離子，例如可列舉：經氟化之芳基磺酸酯、全氟烷烴磺酸酯、雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、雙(全氟烷烴磺醯基)醯亞胺、氰基全氟烷烴磺醯基醯胺、雙(氰基)全氟烷烴磺醯基甲基化物、氰基-雙(全氟烷烴磺醯基)甲基化物、三(全氟烷烴磺醯基)甲基化物、三氟乙酸酯、全氟烷基化物、三(全氟烷烴磺醯基)甲基化物、(全氟烷烴磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺等。 該等氟有機陰離子之中，更佳為全氟烷基磺酸酯、雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、雙(全氟烷烴磺醯基)醯亞胺，更具體而言，例如為三氟甲磺酸酯、五氟乙磺酸酯、七氟丙磺酸酯、九氟丁磺酸酯、雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺。 作為離子性液體之具體例，可自上述陽離子成分與上述陰離子成分之組合中適當選擇使用。作為此種離子性液體之具體例，例如可列舉：1-己基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓五氟乙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓九氟丁磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基吡咯啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二甲基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-乙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-戊基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-己基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-1-庚基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丙基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-1-丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,1-二丁基哌啶鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟乙酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丁酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓九氟丁磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三(三氟甲磺醯基)甲基化物、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟乙酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丁酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓全氟丁磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1,2-二甲基-3-丙基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-丙基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-丁基-2,3,5-三甲基吡唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、三甲基丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-丁基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-乙基-N-壬基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-丁基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丙基-N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丁基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-丁基-N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N-戊基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二甲基-N,N-二己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三甲基庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N,N-庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三乙基丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三乙基戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三乙基庚基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-乙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N-丁基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丙基-N,N-二己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二丁基-N-甲基-N-己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、三辛基甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N-甲基-N-乙基-N-丙基-N-戊基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-丁基吡啶鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓(三氟甲磺醯基)三氟乙醯胺、四己基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基銨三氟甲磺酸酯、二烯丙基二甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基銨雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨三氟甲磺酸酯、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、N,N-二乙基-N-甲基-N-(2-甲氧基乙基)銨雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、縮水甘油基三甲基銨三氟甲磺酸酯、縮水甘油基三甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、縮水甘油基三甲基銨雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、二烯丙基二甲基雙(五氟乙磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺等。 該等離子性液體之中，更佳為1-己基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓五氟乙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基吡啶鎓九氟丁磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-丁基-3-甲基吡啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-辛基-4-甲基吡啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基吡咯啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-甲基-1-丙基哌啶鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓三氟甲磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓七氟丙磺酸酯、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、1-己基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺、三甲基丙基銨雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(三氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺、鋰雙(氟磺醯基)醯亞胺。 離子性液體可使用市售品，亦可以如下方式進行合成。作為離子性液體之合成方法，只要可獲得目標離子性液體則無特別限定，一般可使用如文獻「離子性液體-開發之最前線與未來-」(CMC股份有限公司出版發行)中記載之鹵化物法、氫氧化物法、酸酯法、錯合物形成法及中和法等。 以下，對於鹵化物法、氫氧化物法、酸酯法、錯合物形成法及中和法，以含氮鎓鹽為例，示出其合成方法，關於其他含硫鎓鹽、含磷鎓鹽等其他離子性液體，亦可藉由同樣之方法獲得。 鹵化物法係藉由如反應式(1)～(3)所示之反應而進行之方法。首先，使三級胺與鹵化烷基反應而獲得鹵化物(反應式(1)，作為鹵素，可使用氯、溴、碘)。 使所獲得之鹵化物與具有目標離子性液體之陰離子結構(A^- )之酸(HA)或者鹽(MA、M係與銨、鋰、鈉、鉀等目標陰離子形成鹽之陽離子)反應而獲得目標離子性液體(R₄ NA)。 [化2]

氫氧化物法係藉由如反應式(4)～(8)所示之反應而進行之方法。首先，使鹵化物(R₄ NX)藉由離子交換膜法電解(反應式(4))、OH型離子交換樹脂法(反應式(5))或與氧化銀(Ag₂ O)之反應(反應式(6))而獲得氫氧化物(R₄ NOH)(作為鹵素，可使用氯、溴、碘)。 對於所獲得之氫氧化物，與上述鹵化法同樣，藉由使用反應式(7)～(8)之反應而獲得目標離子性液體(R₄ NA)。 [化3]

酸酯法係藉由如反應式(9)～(11)所示之反應而進行之方法。首先，使三級胺(R₃ N)與酸酯反應而獲得酸酯物(反應式(9)，作為酸酯，可使用硫酸、亞硫酸、磷酸、亞磷酸、碳酸等無機酸之酯、甲磺酸、甲基膦酸、甲酸等有機酸之酯等)。 對於所獲得之酸酯物，與上述鹵化法同樣，藉由使用反應式(10)～(11)之反應，可獲得目標離子性液體(R₄ NA)。又，藉由使用甲基三氟甲磺酸酯、甲基三氟乙酸酯等作為酸酯，亦可直接獲得離子性液體。 [化4]

中和法係藉由如反應式(12)所示之反應而進行之方法。藉由使三級胺與CF₃ COOH、CF₃ SO₃ H、(CF₃ SO₂ )₂ NH、(CF₃ SO₂ )₃ CH、(C₂ F₅ SO₂ )₂ NH等有機酸反應來獲得。 [化5]

上述反應式(1)～(12)中記載之R表示氫或碳數1～20之烴基，可含有雜原子。 作為離子性液體之調配量，根據所使用之聚合物與離子性液體之相容性而變化，因此無法一概而論，通常，相對於聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂100重量份，較佳為0.001重量份～50重量份，更佳為0.01重量份～40重量份，進而較佳為0.01重量份～30重量份，尤佳為0.01重量份～20重量份，最佳為0.01重量份～10重量份。藉由將離子性液體之調配量調整在上述範圍內，能夠提供抗靜電性非常優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。若離子性液體之上述調配量未達0.01重量份，則有無法獲得充分之抗靜電特性之虞。若離子性液體之上述調配量超過50重量份，則有對被黏著體之污染增加之傾向。 胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑亦可含有改性聚矽氧油。藉由使胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有改性聚矽氧油，可更有效地表現本發明之效果。 於胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有改性聚矽氧油之情形時，相對於聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂100重量份，其含有比率較佳為0.001重量份～50重量份，更佳為0.01重量份～40重量份，進而較佳為0.01重量份～30重量份，尤佳為0.01重量份～20重量份，最佳為0.01重量份～10重量份。藉由將改性聚矽氧油之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，可更有效地表現本發明之效果。 作為改性聚矽氧油，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之改性聚矽氧油。作為此種改性聚矽氧油，例如可列舉可自信越化學工業股份有限公司獲取之改性聚矽氧油。 作為改性聚矽氧油，較佳為聚醚改性聚矽氧油。藉由採用聚醚改性聚矽氧油，可更有效地表現本發明之效果。 作為聚醚改性聚矽氧油，可列舉：側鏈型聚醚改性聚矽氧油、兩末端型聚醚改性聚矽氧油等。該等之中，就可進一步充分表現本發明之效果之觀點而言，較佳為兩末端型聚醚改性聚矽氧油。 (由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂) 關於由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，具體而言，較佳為使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化而獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 多元醇(A)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為多元醇(A)，例如較佳為列舉：聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、聚己內酯多元醇、聚碳酸酯多元醇、蓖麻油系多元醇。作為多元醇(A)，更佳為聚醚多元醇。 作為聚酯多元醇，例如可藉由多元醇成分與酸成分之酯化反應來獲得。 作為多元醇成分，例如可列舉：乙二醇、二乙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、2,4-二乙基-1,5-戊二醇、1,2-己二醇、1,6-己二醇、1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,8-癸二醇、十八烷二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、己三醇、聚丙二醇等。作為酸成分，例如可列舉：琥珀酸、甲基琥珀酸、己二酸、庚二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、1,12-十二烷二酸、1,14-十四烷二酸、二聚酸、2-甲基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸、2-乙基-1,4-環己烷二羧酸、對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、1,4-萘二羧酸、4,4'-聯苯二羧酸、該等之酸酐等。 作為聚醚多元醇，例如可列舉：以水、低分子多元醇(丙二醇、乙二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇等)、雙酚類(雙酚A等)、二羥基苯(鄰苯二酚、間苯二酚、氫醌等)等作為起始劑使環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷等環氧烷進行加成聚合而獲得之聚醚多元醇。具體而言，例如可列舉：聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚丁二醇等。 作為聚己內酯多元醇，例如可列舉藉由ε-己內酯、σ-戊內酯等環狀酯單體之開環聚合而獲得之己內酯系聚酯二醇等。 作為聚碳酸酯多元醇，例如可列舉：使上述多元醇成分與碳醯氯進行縮聚反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述多元醇成分與碳酸二甲酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸二丙酯、碳酸二異丙酯、碳酸二丁酯、碳酸乙丁酯、碳酸乙二酯、碳酸丙二酯、碳酸二苯酯、碳酸二苄酯等碳酸二酯類進行酯交換縮合而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；將上述多元醇成分併用2種以上而獲得之共聚合聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與含羧基化合物進行酯化反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與含羥基化合物進行醚化反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與酯化合物進行酯交換反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與含羥基化合物進行酯交換反應而獲得之聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與二羧酸化合物進行縮聚反應而獲得之聚酯系聚碳酸酯多元醇；使上述各種聚碳酸酯多元醇與環氧烷進行共聚合而獲得之共聚合聚醚系聚碳酸酯多元醇等。 作為蓖麻油系多元醇，例如可列舉使蓖麻油脂肪酸與上述多元醇成分進行反應而獲得之蓖麻油系多元醇。具體而言，例如可列舉使蓖麻油脂肪酸與聚丙二醇進行反應而獲得之蓖麻油系多元醇。 多元醇(A)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為400～20000，更佳為500～17000，進而較佳為600～15000，尤佳為800～12000。藉由將多元醇(A)之數量平均分子量Mn調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 作為多元醇(A)，較佳為含有具有3個OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為8000～20000之多元醇(A1)。多元醇(A1)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A1)之含有比率較佳為70重量%以上，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為70重量%～90重量%。藉由將多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A1)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 多元醇(A1)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為8000～20000，更佳為8000～18000，進而較佳為8500～17000，進而較佳為9000～16000，尤佳為9500～15500，最佳為10000～15000。藉由將多元醇(A1)之數量平均分子量Mn調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 多元醇(A)可含有具有3個以上OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為5000以下之多元醇(A2)。多元醇(A2)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。多元醇(A2)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為500～5000，更佳為800～4500，進而較佳為1000～4000，尤佳為1000～3500，最佳為1000～3000。若多元醇(A2)之數量平均分子量Mn不在上述範圍內，則有特別是黏著力之經時上升性升高之虞，有無法表現出優異之再加工性之虞。作為多元醇(A2)，較佳為列舉：具有3個OH基之多元醇(三元醇)、具有4個OH基之多元醇(四元醇)、具有5個OH基之多元醇(五元醇)、具有6個OH基之多元醇(六元醇)。 對於作為多元醇(A2)之具有4個OH基之多元醇(四元醇)、具有5個OH基之多元醇(五元醇)、具有6個OH基之多元醇(六元醇)中之至少1種之合計量以多元醇(A)中之含有比率計，較佳為10重量%以下，更佳為7重量%以下，進而較佳為6重量%以下，尤佳為5重量%以下。藉由於多元醇(A)中將作為多元醇(A2)之具有4個OH基之多元醇(四元醇)、具有5個OH基之多元醇(五元醇)、具有6個OH基之多元醇(六元醇)中之至少1種調整在上述範圍，可提供透明性更優異之胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑。 多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A2)之含有比率較佳為30重量%以下，更佳為0重量%～30重量%。藉由將多元醇(A)中之多元醇(A2)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 多元醇(A2)中之具有4個以上OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為5000以下之多元醇之含有比率相對於多元醇(A)整體，較佳為未達10重量%，更佳為8重量%以下，進而較佳為7重量%以下，尤佳為6重量%以下，最佳為5重量%以下。若多元醇(A2)中之具有4個以上OH基之數量平均分子量Mn為5000以下之多元醇之含有比率相對於多元醇(A)整體為10重量%以上，則有胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑變得容易白化，導致透明性降低之虞。 多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，可採用能夠用於胺基甲酸酯化反應之任意適當之多官能異氰酸酯化合物。作為此種多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，例如可列舉：多官能脂肪族系異氰酸酯化合物、多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯、多官能芳香族系異氰酸酯化合物等。 作為多官能脂肪族系異氰酸酯化合物，例如可列舉：三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,2-伸丙基二異氰酸酯、1,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、十二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等。 作為多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯化合物，例如可列舉：1,3-環戊烯二異氰酸酯、1,3-環己烷二異氰酸酯、1,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、氫化二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、氫化苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、氫化甲苯二異氰酸酯、氫化四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等。 作為多官能芳香族系二異氰酸酯化合物，例如可列舉：伸苯基二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,2'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯醚二異氰酸酯、4,4'-聯苯二異氰酸酯、1,5-萘二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等。 作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，亦可列舉：如上所述之各種多官能異氰酸酯化合物之三羥甲基丙烷加成物、與水反應獲得之縮二脲體、具有異氰尿酸酯環之三聚物等。又，亦可將該等併用。 多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計較佳為2.0以下，更佳為0.1～1.9，進而較佳為0.2～1.8，尤佳為0.3～1.7，最佳為0.5～1.6。藉由將NCO基/OH基之當量比調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 關於多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率，相對於多元醇(A)，多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)較佳為1.0重量%～20重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～19重量%，進而較佳為2.0重量%～18重量%，尤佳為2.3重量%～17重量%，最佳為2.5重量%～16重量%。藉由將多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 具體而言，聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂較佳為使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化而形成。 作為使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化而形成聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之方法，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用使用塊狀聚合或溶液聚合等之胺基甲酸酯化反應方法等任意適當之方法。 為了使含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物硬化，較佳為使用觸媒。作為此種觸媒，例如可列舉：有機金屬系化合物、三級胺化合物等。 作為有機金屬系化合物，例如可列舉：鐵系化合物、錫系化合物、鈦系化合物、鋯系化合物、鉛系化合物、鈷系化合物、鋅系化合物等。該等之中，就反應速度與黏著劑層之適用期之觀點而言，較佳為鐵系化合物、錫系化合物。 作為鐵系化合物，例如可列舉：乙醯丙酮酸鐵、2-乙基己酸鐵等。 作為錫系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化錫、二丁基氧化錫、二丁基二溴化錫、二丁基順丁烯二酸錫、二丁基二月桂酸錫、二丁基二乙酸錫、二丁基硫化錫、三丁基甲醇錫、三丁基乙酸錫、三乙基乙醇錫、三丁基乙醇錫、二辛基氧化錫、二辛基二月桂酸錫、三丁基氯化錫、三丁基三氯乙酸錫、2-乙基己酸錫等。 作為鈦系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化鈦、鈦酸四丁酯、丁氧基三氯化鈦等。 作為鋯系化合物，例如可列舉：環烷酸鋯、乙醯丙酮酸鋯等。 作為鉛系化合物，例如可列舉：油酸鉛、2-乙基己酸鉛、苯甲酸鉛、環烷酸鉛等。 作為鈷系化合物，例如可列舉：2-乙基己酸鈷、苯甲酸鈷等。 作為鋅系化合物，例如可列舉：環烷酸鋅、2-乙基己酸鋅等。 作為三級胺化合物，例如可列舉：三乙基胺、三伸乙基二胺、1,8-二氮雜雙環-(5,4,0)-十一烯-7等。 觸媒可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。又，亦可併用觸媒與交聯延遲劑等。觸媒之量相對於多元醇(A)，較佳為0.02重量%～0.10重量%，更佳為0.02重量%～0.08重量%，進而較佳為0.02重量%～0.06重量%，尤佳為0.02重量%～0.05重量%。藉由將觸媒之量調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 (由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂) 由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂只要為使用所謂「胺基甲酸酯預聚物」作為原料而獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，則可採用任意適當之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 關於由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂，例如可列舉由含有作為胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇較佳為使聚酯多元醇(a1)與聚醚多元醇(a2)在觸媒存在下或無觸媒之條件下與有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)反應而成者。 作為聚酯多元醇(a1)，可使用任意適當之聚酯多元醇。作為此種聚酯多元醇(a1)，例如可列舉使酸成分與二醇成分反應而獲得之聚酯多元醇。作為酸成分，例如可列舉：對苯二甲酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、鄰苯二甲酸酐、間苯二甲酸、偏苯三酸等。作為二醇成分，例如可列舉：乙二醇、丙二醇、二乙二醇、丁二醇、1,6-己二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、3,3'-二羥甲基庚烷、聚氧乙二醇、聚氧丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、丁基乙基戊二醇，作為多元醇成分，可列舉：甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇等。作為聚酯多元醇(a1)，此外亦可列舉使聚己內酯、聚(β-甲基-γ-戊內酯)、聚戊內酯等內酯類進行開環聚合而獲得之聚酯多元醇等。 作為聚酯多元醇(a1)之分子量，自低分子量至高分子量均可使用。作為聚酯多元醇(a1)之分子量，數量平均分子量較佳為500～5000。若數量平均分子量未達500，則有反應性提高，變得容易凝膠化之虞。若數量平均分子量超過5000，則有反應性降低，進而聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇自身之凝聚力減小之虞。聚酯多元醇(a1)之使用量於構成聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之多元醇中較佳為10～90莫耳%。 作為聚醚多元醇(a2)，可使用任意適當之聚醚多元醇。作為此種聚醚多元醇(a2)，例如可列舉：藉由使用水、丙二醇、乙二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷等低分子量多元醇作為起始劑，使環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷、四氫呋喃等環氧乙烷化合物聚合而獲得之聚醚多元醇。作為此種聚醚多元醇(a2)，具體而言，例如可列舉：聚丙二醇、聚乙二醇、聚丁二醇等官能基數為2以上之聚醚多元醇。 作為聚醚多元醇(a2)之分子量，自低分子量至高分子量均可使用。作為聚醚多元醇(a2)之分子量，數量平均分子量較佳為1000～5000。若數量平均分子量未達1000，則有反應性提高，變得容易凝膠化之虞。若數量平均分子量超過5000，則有反應性降低，進而聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇自身之凝聚力減小之虞。聚醚多元醇(a2)之使用量於構成聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之多元醇中較佳為20莫耳%～80莫耳%。 聚醚多元醇(a2)可視需要將其一部分取代為乙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、新戊二醇、丁基乙基戊二醇、甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇等二醇類、乙二胺、N-胺基乙基乙醇胺、異佛爾酮二胺、苯二甲基二胺等多元胺類等而併用。 作為聚醚多元醇(a2)，可僅使用2官能性之聚醚多元醇，亦可部分使用或全部使用數量平均分子量為1000～5000且1分子中具有至少3個以上羥基之聚醚多元醇。若部分使用或全部使用平均分子量為1000～5000且1分子中具有至少3個以上羥基之聚醚多元醇作為聚醚多元醇(a2)，則可使黏著力與再剝離性之平衡性良好。於此種聚醚多元醇中，若數量平均分子量未達1000，則有反應性提高，變得容易凝膠化之虞。又，於此種聚醚多元醇中，若數量平均分子量超過5000，則有反應性降低，進而聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇自身之凝聚力減小之虞。此種聚醚多元醇之數量平均分子量更佳為2500～3500。 作為有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)，可使用任意適當之有機多異氰酸酯化合物。作為此種有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)，例如可列舉：芳香族多異氰酸酯、脂肪族多異氰酸酯、芳香脂肪族多異氰酸酯、脂環族多異氰酸酯等。 作為芳香族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：1,3-伸苯基二異氰酸酯、4,4'-聯苯二異氰酸酯、1,4-苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-甲苯胺二異氰酸酯、2,4,6-三異氰酸酯基甲苯、1,3,5-三異氰酸酯基苯、二苯甲醚二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯醚二異氰酸酯、4,4',4''-三苯基甲烷三異氰酸酯等。 作為脂肪族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：三亞甲基二異氰酸酯、四亞甲基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、五亞甲基二異氰酸酯、1,2-伸丙基二異氰酸酯、2,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、1,3-伸丁基二異氰酸酯、十二亞甲基二異氰酸酯、2,4,4-三甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等。 作為芳香脂肪族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基-1,3-二甲基苯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基-1,4-二甲基苯、ω,ω'-二異氰酸酯基-1,4-二乙基苯、1,4-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、1,3-四甲基苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等。 作為脂環族多異氰酸酯，例如可列舉：3-異氰酸酯基甲基-3,5,5-三甲基環己基異氰酸酯、1,3-環戊烷二異氰酸酯、1,3-環己烷二異氰酸酯、1,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、甲基-2,4-環己烷二異氰酸酯、甲基-2,6-環己烷二異氰酸酯、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基異氰酸酯)、1,4-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷、1,4-雙(異氰酸酯基甲基)環己烷等。 作為有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)，亦可併用三羥甲基丙烷加成物、與水反應獲得之縮二脲體、具有異氰尿酸酯環之三聚物等。 作為於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時可使用之觸媒，可使用任意適當之觸媒。作為此種觸媒，例如可列舉：三級胺系化合物、有機金屬系化合物等。 作為三級胺系化合物，例如可列舉：三乙胺、三伸乙基二胺、1,8-二氮雜雙環(5,4,0)-十一烯-7(DBU)等。 作為有機金屬系化合物，例如可列舉：錫系化合物、非錫系化合物等。 作為錫系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化錫、二丁基氧化錫、二丁基二溴化錫、二丁基二順丁烯二酸錫、二丁基二月桂酸錫(DBTDL)、二丁基二乙酸錫、二丁基硫化錫、三丁基硫化錫、三丁基氧化錫、三丁基乙酸錫、三乙基乙醇錫、三丁基乙醇錫、二辛基氧化錫、三丁基氯化錫、三丁基三氯乙酸錫、2-乙基己酸錫等。 作為非錫系化合物，例如可列舉：二丁基二氯化鈦、鈦酸四丁酯、丁氧基三氯化鈦等鈦系化合物；油酸鉛、2-乙基己酸鉛、苯甲酸鉛、環烷酸鉛等鉛系化合物；2-乙基己酸鐵、乙醯丙酮酸鐵等鐵系化合物；苯甲酸鈷、2-乙基己酸鈷等鈷系化合物；環烷酸鋅、2-乙基己酸鋅等鋅系化合物；環烷酸鋯等鋯系化合物等。 於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用觸媒之情形時，在存在聚酯多元醇與聚醚多元醇之2種多元醇之體系中，由於其反應性之不同，故而單獨之觸媒之體系中容易產生凝膠化或反應溶液變渾濁之問題。因此，藉由於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用2種觸媒，容易控制反應速度、觸媒之選擇性等，從而能夠解決該等問題。作為此種2種觸媒之組合，例如可列舉三級胺/有機金屬系、錫系/非錫系、錫系/錫系，較佳為錫系/錫系，更佳為二丁基二月桂酸錫與2-乙基己酸錫之組合。其調配比以重量比計，2-乙基己酸錫/二丁基二月桂酸錫較佳為未達1，更佳為0.2～0.6。若調配比為1以上，則有因觸媒活性之平衡性導致容易凝膠化之虞。 於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用觸媒之情形時，觸媒之使用量相對於聚酯多元醇(a1)、聚醚多元醇(a2)及有機多異氰酸酯化合物(a3)之合計量，較佳為0.01～1.0重量%。 於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時使用觸媒之情形時，反應溫度較佳為未達100℃，更佳為85℃～95℃。若為100℃以上，則有難以控制反應速度、交聯結構之虞，有難以獲得具有特定分子量之聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之虞。 於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時亦可不使用觸媒。於該情況下，反應溫度較佳為100℃以上，更佳為110℃以上。又，於無觸媒之條件下獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時，較佳為反應3小時以上。 作為獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之方法，例如可列舉：1)將聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、觸媒、有機多異氰酸酯之全部量添加至燒瓶中之方法；2)將聚酯多元醇、聚醚多元醇、觸媒添加至燒瓶中並滴加有機多異氰酸酯而添加之方法。作為獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇之方法，就控制反應之方面而言，較佳為2)之方法。 於獲得聚胺基甲酸酯多元醇時可使用任意適當之溶劑。作為此種溶劑，例如可列舉：甲基乙基酮、乙酸乙酯、甲苯、二甲苯、丙酮等。該等溶劑之中，較佳為甲苯。 作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)，可應用上述者。 於含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 作為製造由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之方法，只要為使用所謂「胺基甲酸酯預聚物」作為原料來製造聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂之方法，則可採用任意適當之製造方法。 胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之數量平均分子量Mn較佳為1000～100000。 胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計較佳為2.0以下，更佳為0.1～1.9，進而較佳為0.2～1.8，尤佳為0.3～1.7，最佳為0.5～1.6。藉由將NCO基/OH基之當量比調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 關於多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率，相對於胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)，多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)較佳為1.0重量%～10重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～9.5重量%，進而較佳為2.0重量%～9重量%，尤佳為2.3重量%～8.5重量%，最佳為2.5重量%～8重量%。藉由將多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 [丙烯酸系黏著劑] 丙烯酸系黏著劑含有丙烯酸系樹脂。 於丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為90重量%～100重量%，尤佳為95重量%～100重量%，最佳為98重量%～100重量%。藉由將丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 丙烯酸系黏著劑除含有丙烯酸系樹脂以外，亦可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 作為丙烯酸系樹脂，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之丙烯酸系樹脂。丙烯酸系黏著劑較佳為包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率較佳為85重量%～99.5重量%，更佳為90重量%～98.5重量%，進而較佳為92.5重量%～98重量%，尤佳為95重量%～97.5重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率較佳為0.5重量%～15重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～10重量%，進而較佳為2重量%～7.5重量%，尤佳為2.5重量%～5重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率較佳為1重量%～10重量%，更佳為1.5重量%～9重量%，進而較佳為2重量%～8重量%，尤佳為2.5重量%～7重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 作為烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之烷基之碳數較佳為4～10，更佳為4～8。烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 作為具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-羥基戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-3-甲基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸7-羥基庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑，例如可列舉：伸丁基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等低級脂肪族多異氰酸酯類；伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等脂環族異氰酸酯類；2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等芳香族異氰酸酯類；三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE L」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、三羥甲基丙烷/六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE HL」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰尿酸酯體(商品名「CORONATE HX」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)等異氰酸酯加成物等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為環氧系交聯劑，例如可列舉：雙酚A、表氯醇型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、二縮水甘油基苯胺、二胺縮水甘油胺、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺(商品名「TETRAD-X」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(商品名「TETRAD-C」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可進而含有交聯觸媒。作為交聯觸媒，例如可列舉：鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵、丁基氧化錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等金屬系交聯觸媒(特別是錫系交聯觸媒)等。此種交聯觸媒可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他單體。作為此種其他單體，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯腈等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 關於丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)，藉由利用四氫呋喃溶劑之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測得之值較佳為10萬以上，更佳為10萬～300萬，進而較佳為20萬～200萬，尤佳為30萬～100萬。藉由將丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 丙烯酸系樹脂可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內利用任意適當之方法製造。作為此種方法，例如可列舉形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物之聚合反應。 作為聚合反應之具體之聚合方法，例如可列舉：溶液聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合、光聚合(活性能量線聚合)。就成本或生產性之觀點而言，尤佳為溶液聚合方法。作為溶液聚合方法，例如可列舉：將單體成分、聚合起始劑等溶解於溶劑中，加熱進行聚合，而獲得含有基礎聚合物之基礎聚合物溶液之方法。 作為溶劑，例如可列舉：甲苯、苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類；乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯等酯類；正己烷、正庚烷等脂肪族烴類；環己烷、甲基環己烷等脂環式烴類；甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮類等有機溶劑。溶劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為可於溶液聚合中使用之聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化物系聚合起始劑、偶氮系聚合起始劑。作為過氧化物系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化碳酸酯、過氧化酮、過氧化縮酮、過氧化氫、過氧化二烷基、過氧化二醯基、過氧化酯等，更具體而言，可列舉：過氧化苯甲醯、第三丁基過氧化氫、過氧化二第三丁基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、過氧化二異丙苯、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)環十二烷。作為偶氮系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2'-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、1,1'-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷)、4,4'-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二硫酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(N,N'-二亞甲基異丁基脒)鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物。聚合起始劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 聚合起始劑之含量相對於構成基礎聚合物之單體成分總量(100重量份)，較佳為0.01重量份～5重量份，更佳為0.05重量份～3重量份。 作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱溫度，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱溫度。作為此種加熱溫度，較佳為50～80℃。作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱時間，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱時間。作為此種加熱時間，較佳為1小時～24小時。 [橡膠系黏著劑] 作為橡膠系黏著劑，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用例如日本專利特開2015-074771號公報等中記載之公知之橡膠系黏著劑等任意適當之橡膠系黏著劑。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 [聚矽氧系黏著劑] 作為聚矽氧系黏著劑，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用例如日本專利特開2014-047280號公報等中記載之公知之聚矽氧系黏著劑等任意適當之聚矽氧系黏著劑。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 ≪剝離襯墊≫ 作為剝離襯墊，例如可列舉：紙、塑膠膜等基材(襯墊基材)之表面經聚矽氧處理之剝離襯墊，紙、塑膠膜等基材(襯墊基材)之表面經聚烯烴系樹脂層壓之剝離襯墊等。關於作為襯墊基材之塑膠膜，例如可列舉：聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜、聚丁烯膜、聚丁二烯膜、聚甲基戊烯膜、聚氯乙烯膜、氯乙烯共聚物膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯膜、聚胺基甲酸酯膜、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物膜等。關於作為襯墊基材之塑膠膜，較佳為聚乙烯膜。 ≪黏著劑層(2)≫ 黏著劑層(2)可藉由任意適當之製造方法來製造。作為此種製造方法，例如可列舉：將作為黏著劑層(2)之形成材料之組合物塗佈於剝離襯墊上，在剝離襯墊上形成黏著劑層(2)之方法。作為此種塗佈方法，例如可列舉：輥塗、凹版塗佈、反向塗佈、輥刷、噴霧塗佈、氣刀塗佈法、利用模嘴塗佈機等之擠出塗佈等。 黏著劑層(2)之厚度較佳為1 μm～500 μm，更佳為2 μm～400 μm，進而較佳為5 μm～350 μm，尤佳為10 μm～300 μm。藉由將黏著劑層(2)之厚度調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 黏著劑層(2)中之黏著劑之含有比率較佳為50重量%量～100重量%，更佳為60重量%～100重%，進而較佳為70重量%～100重量%，尤佳為80重量%～100重量%，最佳為90重量%～100重量%。藉由將黏著劑層(2)中之黏著劑之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 黏著劑層(2)所含有之黏著劑較佳為丙烯酸系黏著劑。 丙烯酸系黏著劑含有丙烯酸系樹脂。 丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率較佳為50重量%～100重量%，更佳為70重量%～100重量%，進而較佳為90重量%～100重量%，尤佳為95重量%～100重量%，最佳為98重量%～100重量%。藉由將丙烯酸系黏著劑中之丙烯酸系樹脂之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 丙烯酸系黏著劑除含有丙烯酸系樹脂以外，亦可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 作為丙烯酸系樹脂，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內採用任意適當之丙烯酸系樹脂。丙烯酸系黏著劑較佳為包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率較佳為85重量%～99.9重量%，更佳為90重量%～99.8重量%，進而較佳為92.5重量%～99.7重量%，尤佳為95重量%～99.6重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(a)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率較佳為0.1重量%～15重量%，更佳為0.2重量%～10重量%，進而較佳為0.3重量%～7.5重量%，尤佳為0.4重量%～5重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(b)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率較佳為0.01重量%～1.5重量%，更佳為0.02重量%～1.0重量%，進而較佳為0.03重量%～0.8重量%，尤佳為0.05重量%～0.7重量%。藉由將形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中之(c)成分之含有比率調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 作為烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4～12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯中之烷基之碳數較佳為4～10，更佳為4～8。烷基可為直鏈狀亦可為支鏈狀。 作為具有OH基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸5-羥基戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基-3-甲基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6-羥基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸7-羥基庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸8-羥基辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸10-羥基癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸12-羥基月桂酯、丙烯酸(4-羥基甲基環己基)甲酯。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑，例如可列舉：伸丁基二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯等低級脂肪族多異氰酸酯類、伸環戊基二異氰酸酯、伸環己基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等脂環族異氰酸酯類；2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯等芳香族異氰酸酯類；三羥甲基丙烷/甲苯二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE L」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、三羥甲基丙烷/六亞甲基二異氰酸酯三聚物加成物(商品名「CORONATE HL」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯之異氰尿酸酯體(商品名「CORONATE HX」，Nippon Polyurethane Industry公司製造)等異氰酸酯加成物等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為環氧系交聯劑，例如可列舉：雙酚A、表氯醇型環氧系樹脂、伸乙基縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、甘油三縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、二縮水甘油基苯胺、二胺縮水甘油胺、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基間苯二甲胺(商品名「TETRAD-X」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷(商品名「TETRAD-C」，三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可進而含有交聯觸媒。作為交聯觸媒，例如可列舉：鈦酸四正丁酯、鈦酸四異丙酯、乙醯丙酮鐵、丁基氧化錫、二月桂酸二辛基錫等金屬系交聯觸媒(特別是錫系交聯觸媒)等。此種交聯觸媒可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 於形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物中，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他單體。作為此種其他單體，例如可列舉：(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯胺、乙酸乙烯酯、(甲基)丙烯腈等。該等可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內含有任意適當之其他成分。作為此種其他成分，例如可列舉：丙烯酸系樹脂以外之樹脂成分、黏著賦予劑、無機填充劑、有機填充劑、金屬粉、顏料、箔狀物、軟化劑、防老化劑、導電劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗氧化劑、光穩定劑、表面潤滑劑、調平劑、防腐劑、耐熱穩定劑、聚合抑制劑、潤滑劑、溶劑、觸媒等。 關於丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)，藉由利用四氫呋喃溶劑之凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測得之值較佳為100萬以上，更佳為110萬～250萬，進而較佳為120萬～230萬，尤佳為130萬～210萬。藉由將丙烯酸系樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw)調整在上述範圍內，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠進一步表現出如下效果：於欲將剝離襯墊剝離時，光學構件不易與該剝離襯墊一起自表面保護膜剝離，即，不易在光學構件與表面保護膜之界面發生剝離。 丙烯酸系樹脂可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內利用任意適當之方法製造。作為此種方法，例如可列舉形成丙烯酸系樹脂之組合物之聚合反應。 作為聚合反應之具體之聚合方法，例如可列舉：溶液聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、懸浮聚合、光聚合(活性能量射線聚合)。就成本或生產性之觀點而言，尤佳為溶液聚合方法。作為溶液聚合方法，例如可列舉：將單體成分、聚合起始劑等溶解於溶劑中，加熱進行聚合，獲得含有基礎聚合物之基礎聚合物溶液之方法。 作為溶劑，例如可列舉：甲苯、苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴類；乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯等酯類；正己烷、正庚烷等脂肪族烴類；環己烷、甲基環己烷等脂環式烴類；甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮等酮類等有機溶劑。溶劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 作為可於溶液聚合中使用之聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化物系聚合起始劑、偶氮系聚合起始劑。作為過氧化物系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：過氧化碳酸酯、過氧化酮、過氧化縮酮、過氧化氫、過氧化二烷基、過氧化二醯基、過氧化酯等，更具體而言，可列舉：過氧化苯甲醯、第三丁基過氧化氫、過氧化二第三丁基、過氧化苯甲酸第三丁酯、過氧化二異丙苯、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)-3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1-雙(過氧化第三丁基)環十二烷。作為偶氮系聚合起始劑，例如可列舉：2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸)二甲酯、2,2'-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)、1,1'-偶氮雙(環己烷-1-腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4,4-三甲基戊烷)、4,4'-偶氮雙-4-氰基戊酸、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-脒基丙烷)二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[2-(5-甲基-2-咪唑啉-2-基)丙烷]二鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙脒)二硫酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙(N,N'-二亞甲基異丁基脒)鹽酸鹽、2,2'-偶氮雙[N-(2-羧基乙基)-2-甲基丙脒]水合物。聚合起始劑可僅為1種，亦可為2種以上。 聚合起始劑之含量相對於構成基礎聚合物之單體成分總量(100重量份)，較佳為0.01重量份～5重量份，更佳為0.05重量份～3重量份。 作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱溫度，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱溫度。作為此種加熱溫度，較佳為50～80℃。作為溶液聚合方法中加熱進行聚合時之加熱時間，可在無損本發明之效果之範圍內設定為任意適當之加熱時間。作為此種加熱時間，較佳為1小時～24小時。 ≪≪附有表面保護膜之光學構件之製造方法≫≫ 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之製造方法只要為能夠製成如下構成之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之方法，則可採用任意適當之方法，該附有表面保護膜之光學構件依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側。 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之製造方法例如較佳為於表面保護膜之貼合時，一面對表面保護膜施加張力一面將其貼合於光學構件。張力可根據表面保護膜之構成(例如厚度、形成材料、彈性模數、拉伸伸長率等)而適當設定。可藉由如上所述之操作進行製造。 [實施例] 以下，藉由實施例對本發明進行具體說明，但本發明不受該等實施例任何限定。另外，實施例等中之試驗及評價方法如下所述。再者，記載為「份」之情形時，只要無特別說明，則意指「重量份」，記載為「%」之情形時，只要無特別說明，則意指「重量%」。 [製造例1]：偏光板用黏著劑之製造 向具備攪拌翼、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷凝器之四口燒瓶中添加丙烯酸丁酯(日本觸媒股份有限公司製造)：99重量份、丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯(大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造)：1重量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)：0.1重量份、乙酸乙酯：100重量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持在55℃附近進行8小時聚合反應，製備重量平均分子量160萬之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(50重量%)。將所獲得之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(50重量%)利用乙酸乙酯稀釋至20重量%，向該溶液100重量份中加入作為交聯劑之CORONATE L(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)：0.1重量份並進行混合攪拌，製備丙烯酸系黏著劑溶液。 [製造例2]：偏光板之製造 (偏光元件之製作) 將聚合度2400、皂化度99.9%、厚度30 μm之聚乙烯醇膜浸漬於30℃之溫水中，一面使其膨潤，一面以聚乙烯醇膜之長度成為原長之2.0倍之方式進行單軸拉伸。繼而，將其浸漬於碘與碘化鉀之混合物(重量比＝0.5：8)之濃度為0.3重量%之水溶液(染色浴)中，一面以聚乙烯醇膜長度成為原長之3.0倍之方式進行單軸拉伸，一面將膜染色。然後，一面將其浸漬於硼酸5重量%、碘化鉀3重量%之水溶液(交聯浴1)中，一面以聚乙烯醇膜之長度成為原長之3.7倍之方式進行拉伸，其後，於60℃之硼酸4重量%、碘化鉀5重量%之水溶液(交聯浴2)中以聚乙烯醇膜之長度成為原長之6倍之方式進行拉伸。然後，利用碘化鉀3重量%之水溶液(碘含浸浴)進行碘離子含浸處理後，以60℃之烘箱乾燥4分鐘，獲得偏光元件。所獲得之偏光元件之厚度為12 μm。 (水系接著劑之製備) 將含有乙醯乙醯基之聚乙烯醇系樹脂(平均聚合度：1200、皂化度：98.5莫耳%、乙醯乙醯基化度：5莫耳%)於30℃之溫度條件下溶解於純水，調整為固形物成分濃度4%，獲得水系接著劑。 (偏光板之製造) 於厚度25 μm之三乙酸纖維素(TAC)上，以乾燥後之接著劑層之厚度成為80 nm之方式塗佈上述水系接著劑，獲得附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜。繼而，於23℃之溫度條件下，利用滾壓機在上述偏光元件之兩面貼合上述附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜，然後，於55℃下乾燥6分鐘，製作偏光板。上述偏光元件與上述附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜之貼合係以上述偏光元件與上述附有接著劑層之偏光元件保護膜之接著劑層相接之方式進行。如此製造偏光板。 [製造例3]：剝離襯墊之製造 將製造例1中製造之偏光板用黏著劑分別塗佈於對一面實施了聚矽氧處理之厚度38 μm之包含聚酯樹脂之基材之聚矽氧處理面、及厚度50 μm之包含聚酯樹脂之基材之聚矽氧處理面上，以乾燥後之厚度成為20 μm之方式在乾燥溫度150℃、乾燥時間2分鐘之條件下進行硬化乾燥，形成黏著劑層。如此製造厚度38 μm之剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體、及厚度50 μm之剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體。 [製造例4]：附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板之製造 於製造例2中獲得之偏光板之單側貼合製造例3中獲得之剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之黏著劑層側，製造附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板。剝離襯墊除外之附有黏著劑層之偏光板之厚度為82 μm。 [製造例5]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(U1)之製造 添加作為多元醇(A)之具有3個OH基之多元醇即Preminol S3011(旭硝子股份有限公司製造，Mn＝10000)、具有3個OH基之多元醇即SANNIX GP-3000(三洋化成股份有限公司製造，Mn＝3000)、具有3個OH基之多元醇即SANNIX GP-1000(三洋化成股份有限公司製造，Mn＝1000)、作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯化合物即CORONATE HX(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasemuiron)、作為劣化防止劑之Irganox 1010(BASF製造)、作為脂肪酸酯之肉豆蔻酸異丙酯(花王股份有限公司製造，商品名：EXCEPARL IPM，Mn＝270)或2-乙基己酸鯨蠟酯(日清奧利友集團股份有限公司製造，商品名：SALACOS 816T，Mn＝368)、1-乙基-3-甲基咪唑鎓雙(氟甲磺醯基)醯亞胺(第一工業製藥股份有限公司製造，商品名：AS110)、兩末端型之聚醚改性聚矽氧油(信越化學工業股份有限公司製造，商品名：KF-6004)、及作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯，進行混合攪拌，而製造胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物。調配份數記載於表1。 [製造例6]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(U2)之製造 添加作為胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)之CYABINESH-109(TOYOCHEM 股份有限公司製造)、作為多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之多官能脂環族系異氰酸酯化合物即CORONATE HX(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)、及作為稀釋溶劑之甲苯，進行混合攪拌，製備胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑組合物(U2)。調配份數記載於表1。再者，除甲苯以外之各材料之調配份數均為固形物成分換算，甲苯之份數係指黏著劑中含有之全部溶劑之量。 [製造例7]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac1)之製造 向具備攪拌翼、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷凝器之四口燒瓶中添加丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(日本觸媒股份有限公司製造)：100重量份、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(東亞合成股份有限公司製造)：4重量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)：0.2重量份、乙酸乙酯：156重量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持在65℃附近，進行6小時聚合反應，製備重量平均分子量55萬之丙烯酸系聚合物(Ac1P)之溶液(40重量%)。相對於獲得之重量平均分子量55萬之丙烯酸系聚合物溶液(Ac1P)(40重量%)，添加作為交聯劑之CORONATE HX(Nippon Polyurethane Industry股份有限公司製造)、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasemuiron)、及作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯，進行混合攪拌，製造丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac1)。調配份數記載於表1。再者，除乙酸乙酯以外之各材料之調配份數均為固形物成分換算，乙酸乙酯之份數係指黏著劑中含有之全部溶劑之量。 [製造例8]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac2)之製造 向具備攪拌翼、溫度計、氮氣導入管、冷凝器之四口燒瓶中添加丙烯酸丁酯(日本觸媒股份有限公司製造)：95重量份、丙烯酸(東亞合成股份有限公司製造)：5重量份、作為聚合起始劑之2,2'-偶氮雙異丁腈(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)：0.2重量份、乙酸乙酯：186重量份，一面緩慢攪拌一面導入氮氣，將燒瓶內之液溫保持在63℃附近，進行10小時聚合反應，製備重量平均分子量50萬之丙烯酸系聚合物(Ac2P)之溶液(35重量%)。相對於獲得之重量平均分子量50萬之丙烯酸系聚合物(Ac2P)之溶液(35重量%)，添加作為交聯劑之TETRAD C(三菱瓦斯化學公司製造)、觸媒(日本化學產業股份有限公司製造，商品名：Nasemuiron)、及作為稀釋溶劑之乙酸乙酯，進行混合攪拌，製造丙烯酸系黏著劑組合物(Ac2)。調配份數記載於表1。再者，除乙酸乙酯以外之各材料之調配份數均為固形物成分換算，乙酸乙酯之份數係指黏著劑中含有之全部溶劑之量。 [製造例9]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的橡膠系黏著劑組合物(G)之製造 向Hybrar 5127(Kuraray股份有限公司製造)：100重量份中添加作為稀釋溶劑之甲苯，進行混合攪拌，製造橡膠系黏著劑組合物(G)。調配份數記載於表1。 [製造例10]：作為表面保護膜所含有之黏著劑層之形成材料的聚矽氧系黏著劑組合物(S)之製造 將加成反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑(商品名：X-40-3306，信越化學工業股份有限公司製造)及鉑系觸媒(商品名：CAT-PL-50T，信越化學工業股份有限公司製造)進行混合，製造聚矽氧系黏著劑組合物(S)。調配份數記載於表1。 [製造例11]：附有隔離膜之表面保護膜之製造 將獲得之各種黏著劑組合物利用槽輥以乾燥後之厚度成為10 μm之方式塗佈於包含聚酯樹脂之基材「Lumirror S10」(厚度38 μm，東麗公司製造)上，於乾燥溫度130℃、乾燥時間30秒之條件下進行硬化乾燥。如此於基材上製作黏著劑層。繼而，於黏著劑層之表面貼合對一面實施了聚矽氧處理之厚度25 μm之包含聚酯樹脂之基材(隔離膜)之聚矽氧處理面，獲得附有隔離膜之表面保護膜。 ＜光學構件之起始剝離力P之測定＞ 對於由製造例4製造之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板之與剝離襯墊相反側之面，以0.25 MPa之壓力貼合表面保護膜，製作附有表面保護膜之偏光板。將製作之附有表面保護膜之偏光板切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸。再者，作為切割附有表面保護膜之偏光板之方法，使用裁斷機，但亦可利用超級切割機進行切斷。於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置24小時後，將附有表面保護膜之偏光板之剝離襯墊剝離，將切割成寬25 mm、長50 mm之尺寸之單面黏著帶(Nichiban公司製造，商品名「Cellotape(註冊商標)」)以端面露出1 mm之方式壓接於附有表面保護膜之偏光板之黏著劑層側，放置10秒鐘。然後，對於單面黏著帶，使用萬能拉伸試驗機(Minebea股份有限公司製造，製品名：TCM-1kNB)以剝離速度300 mm/min及6.0 m/min、剝離角度180°將單面黏著帶剝離，此時，將開始剝離時施加之最大應力作為起始剝離力(N/25 mm)。測定係於23℃×50%RH之環境下進行。 ＜剝離襯墊之起始剝離力Q之測定＞ 對於由製造例4製造之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板之與剝離襯墊相反側之面，以0.25 MPa之壓力貼合表面保護膜，製作附有表面保護膜之偏光板。將製作之附有表面保護膜之偏光板切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸。再者，作為切割附有表面保護膜之偏光板之方法，使用裁斷機，但亦可利用超級切割機進行切斷。於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置24小時後，將切割成寬25 mm、長50 mm之尺寸之單面黏著帶(Nichiban公司製造，商品名「Cellotape(註冊商標)」)以端面露出1 mm之方式壓接於附有表面保護膜之偏光板之剝離襯墊側，放置10秒鐘。然後，對於單面黏著帶，使用萬能拉伸試驗機(Minebea股份有限公司製造，製品名：TCM-1kNB)以剝離速度300 mm/min及6.0 m/min、剝離角度180°將單面黏著帶剝離，此時，將開始剝離時施加之最大應力作為起始剝離力(N/25 mm)。測定係於23℃×50%RH之環境下進行。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝0.40 N/25 mm。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為38 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝1.23 N/25 mm。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為300 mm/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝1.99 N/25 mm。 於剝離襯墊之厚度為50 μm、剝離速度為6 m/分鐘之情形時，起始剝離力Q＝2.60 N/25 mm。 ＜表面保護膜之初始黏著力之測定＞ 將製造例11中獲得之附有隔離膜之表面保護膜切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸，將隔離膜剝離。然後，將製造例4中獲得之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板切割成寬70 mm、長100 mm，於與該剝離襯墊相反側之面上以0.25 MPa之壓力層壓表面保護膜之黏著劑層面，製作評價樣品。層壓後，於23℃×50%RH之環境下放置30分鐘，使用萬能拉伸試驗機(Minebea股份有限公司製造，製品名：TCM-1kNB)以剝離速度300 mm/min、剝離角度180度將表面保護膜剝離，此時，測定數值逐漸穩定之區域之黏著力。測定係於23℃×50%RH之環境下進行。 ＜表面保護膜之潤濕速度之測定＞ 將製造例11中獲得之附有隔離膜之表面保護膜切成寬2.5 cm、長10 cm，製成評價樣品。作為被黏著體，使用製造例4中獲得之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板。於被黏著體之與剝離襯墊相反側之面上固定已將隔離膜剝離之評價樣品之黏著劑層側之寬度側之一端部，將未固定之寬度側之端部提起，測定自手放開至潤濕擴散100 mm為止之時間。(單位：秒/2.5 cm×10 cm)。根據所耗費之時間，算出潤濕速度(單位：cm² /秒)。 ＜重量平均分子量之測定＞ 製造例7、8中獲得之丙烯酸系聚合物之重量平均分子量(Mw)之測定係使用GPC裝置(東曹股份有限公司製造，HLC-8220GPC)進行。測定條件如下所述。再者，重量平均分子量係由聚苯乙烯換算值求出。 樣品濃度：0.2重量%(THF溶液) 樣品注入量：10 μl溶離液 THF流速：0.6 ml/min 測定溫度：40℃ 樣品管柱：TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H(1根)+TSKgel SuperHZM-H(2根) 參考管柱：TSKgel SuperH-RC(1根) 檢測器：差示折射計(RI) [實施例1～15、比較例1～3] 按照表1所示之調配份數，將製造例11中獲得之附有隔離膜之表面保護膜切割成寬25 mm、長80 mm之尺寸，將隔離膜剝離。然後，將製造例4中獲得之附有剝離襯墊與黏著劑層之積層體之偏光板切割成寬70 mm、長100 mm，於與該剝離襯墊相反側之面以0.25 MPa之壓力層壓表面保護膜之黏著劑層面，獲得剝離襯墊/黏著劑層/光學構件/表面保護膜(黏著劑層/基材層)之構成之附有表面保護膜之光學構件(1)～(15)、(C1)～(C3)。 將結果示於表1。 [表1]

[產業上之可利用性] 本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件能夠使用於任意適當之用途。較佳為，本發明之附有表面保護膜之光學構件可較佳地用於光學構件或電子構件之領域。≪≪Optical component with surface protection film≫≫ The optical component with surface protection film of the present invention has in this order: a laminate of an optical component and a surface protection film, provided on the opposite side of the optical component from the surface protection film The adhesive layer (2), and a release liner provided on the opposite side of the adhesive layer (2) to the optical member, and the surface protective film includes a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), and the surface protects The adhesive layer (1) of the film is on the optical member side. The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention only has a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, an adhesive layer (2) provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film, and the adhesive layer (2) The release liner provided on the side opposite to the optical member may have any appropriate other layer within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an optical member with a surface protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 1, the optical component 1000 with a surface protection film of the present invention has a release liner 10, an adhesive layer (2) 20, an optical component 30, an adhesive layer (1) 40, and a substrate layer 50 in this order. The agent layer (1) 40 and the base layer 50 constitute the surface protective film 100. The thickness of the optical member is preferably 1 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 3 μm to 450 μm, still more preferably 5 μm to 400 μm, and particularly preferably 10 μm to 300 μm. The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can exhibit the following effects even when the thickness of the optical member is relatively thin. When the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member cannot easily be together with the release liner Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The thickness of the surface protection film is preferably 5 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 10 μm to 450 μm, further preferably 15 μm to 400 μm, and particularly preferably 20 μm to 300 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the surface protective film within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to be together with the release liner Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The thickness of the release liner is preferably 1 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 3 μm to 450 μm, still more preferably 5 μm to 400 μm, and particularly preferably 10 μm to 300 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the release liner within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to be together with the release liner Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Regarding the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention, the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminate of the optical member and the surface protection film is greater than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminate. By making the initial peeling force P greater than the initial peeling force Q, when the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is about to be peeled off the release liner, the optical member will not easily peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner. That is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The initial peeling force P/the initial peeling force Q is 1 or more. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 5-20, and even more preferably 6 ～15, particularly preferably 6～13. If the above-mentioned initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above-mentioned range, when the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is to be peeled off the release liner, it will be more difficult for the optical member to separate from the release liner. The surface protection film peels off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peeling speed is 6 m/min, the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is preferably 2.1 or more, more preferably 2.1-20, and even more preferably 2.3 ～15, particularly preferably 2.5～10. If the above-mentioned initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above-mentioned range, when the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is to be peeled off the release liner, it will be more difficult for the optical member to separate from the release liner. The surface protection film peels off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is preferably 1.01 or more, more preferably 1.01-10, and even more preferably 1.03 ~5, preferably 1.03~3. If the above-mentioned initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above-mentioned range, when the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is to be peeled off the release liner, it will be more difficult for the optical member to separate from the release liner. The surface protection film peels off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peeling speed is 6 m/min, the initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is preferably 1.05 or more, more preferably 1.05-10, and even more preferably 1.1 ～5, 1.2～3 are particularly preferred. If the above-mentioned initial peeling force P/initial peeling force Q is within the above-mentioned range, when the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention is to be peeled off the release liner, it will be more difficult for the optical member to separate from the release liner. The surface protection film peels off, that is, it is more difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view explaining the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminate of the optical member and the surface protection film. As shown in FIG. 2, the initial peeling force P is the initial peeling force when the optical member 30 is peeled from the laminate of the optical member 30 and the surface protective film 100. The method for measuring the initial peeling force P will be described later. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the initial peel force Q of the release liner. As shown in FIG. 3, the initial peeling force Q is the initial peeling force when the release liner 10 is peeled from the laminate of the release liner 10, the adhesive layer (2) 20 and the optical member 30. The method for measuring the initial peel force Q will be described later. ≪Optical component≫ As the optical component, any appropriate optical component can be used within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. The optical member may be one layer or multiple layers. As such an optical member, preferably, a polarizing plate, a multilayer optical element including a polarizing plate, a phase difference plate, an LCD, a touch panel using an LCD, etc., a color filter used in an LCD, etc. are mentioned. ≪Surface protection film≫ The surface protection film consists of a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1). As long as the surface protection film includes the base layer and the adhesive layer (1), it may have any appropriate other layer within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. The wetting speed of the surface protection film relative to the surface of the optical component is preferably 5 cm ² /Sec or more, preferably 7 cm ² /Sec or more, more preferably 8 cm ² /Sec or more, especially 8.5 cm ² /Sec or more. If the wetting speed of the surface protective film with respect to the surface of the optical member is within the above range, the wetting speed of the surface protective film with respect to the surface of the optical member is excellent, for example, air bubbles are unlikely to exist between the surface of the optical member and the surface protective film. The surface protection film can be manufactured by any appropriate method. As such a manufacturing method, for example, it can be carried out according to any appropriate method such as the following method: (1) A method of coating a solution or hot melt of the material forming the adhesive layer (1) on the substrate layer, (2) ) A method of moving the adhesive layer (1) coated in the form of a release film according to the method of (1) above to the substrate layer, (3) Extruding and coating the forming material of the adhesive layer (1) The method of forming the cloth on the substrate layer, (4) Extruding the substrate layer and the adhesive layer with two or more layers (1), (5) Laminating the adhesive layer (1) on the substrate as a single layer The method of layering or the method of laminating two layers of the laminated layer and the adhesive layer on the substrate layer, (6) The adhesive layer (1) and the substrate layer forming material such as film or laminate layer are made two layers Or multi-layer lamination method. As the method of coating, for example, a roll coating method, a chipped wheel coating method, a die coating method, a reverse coating method, a screen method, a gravure coating method, etc. can be used. <Base material layer> The base material layer may be only one layer, or two or more layers. The substrate layer may be stretched. The thickness of the substrate layer is preferably 4 μm to 450 μm, more preferably 8 μm to 400 μm, further preferably 12 μm to 350 μm, and particularly preferably 16 μm to 250 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the substrate layer within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to be together with the release liner Peeling from the surface protective film, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. For the surface of the base layer where the adhesive layer (1) is not provided, in order to form a wound body that is easy to rewind, for example, fatty acid amide, polyethyleneimine, and long-alkane-based can be added to the base layer. Additives, etc. are subjected to mold release treatment, or a coating containing any appropriate release agent such as polysiloxane-based, long-alkane-based, fluorine-based, etc. is provided. As the material of the substrate layer, any appropriate material can be used according to the application. For example, plastic, paper, metal film, non-woven fabric, etc. can be cited. Preferably it is plastic. That is, the base material layer is preferably a plastic film. The base material layer may be composed of one type of material, or may be composed of two or more types of materials. For example, it can be composed of more than two types of plastics. As said plastic, polyester resin, polyamide resin, polyolefin resin, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of polyester-based resins include polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polyethylene naphthalate. Examples of polyolefin resins include homopolymers of olefin monomers, copolymers of olefin monomers, and the like. Specific examples of polyolefin-based resins include: homopolypropylene; block-based, random-based, and graft-based propylene copolymers using ethylene as a copolymerization component; Reactor-TPO; low density, High density, linear low density, ultra-low density and other ethylene polymers; ethylene-propylene copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-methyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene-butyl acrylate Ethylene copolymers such as ester copolymers, ethylene-methacrylic acid copolymers, and ethylene-methyl methacrylate copolymers. The base layer may optionally contain any appropriate additives. Examples of additives that may be contained in the substrate layer include antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, antistatic agents, fillers, pigments, and the like. The type, number, and amount of additives that can be contained in the substrate layer can be appropriately set according to the purpose. Especially when the material of the substrate layer is plastic, it is preferable to contain some of the above-mentioned additives in order to prevent deterioration and the like. From the viewpoint of improving weather resistance, etc., as additives, particularly preferred are antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, and fillers. As the antioxidant, any appropriate antioxidant can be used. Examples of such antioxidants include phenol-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based processing heat stabilizers, lactone-based processing heat stabilizers, sulfur-based heat-resistant stabilizers, phenol-phosphorus-based antioxidants, and the like. Regarding the antioxidant content, relative to the base resin of the base layer (when the base layer is a blend, the blend is the base resin) is preferably 1% by weight or less, more preferably 0.5% by weight or less , More preferably 0.01% by weight to 0.2% by weight. As the ultraviolet absorber, any appropriate ultraviolet absorber can be used. As such an ultraviolet absorber, a benzotriazole type ultraviolet absorber, a triazole type ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone type ultraviolet absorber, etc. are mentioned, for example. Regarding the content ratio of the ultraviolet absorber, it is preferably 2% by weight or less, more preferably 1% by weight, relative to the base resin forming the base layer (when the base layer is a blend, the blend is the base resin) % Or less, more preferably 0.01% by weight to 0.5% by weight. As the light stabilizer, any appropriate light stabilizer can be used. As such a light stabilizer, a hindered amine type light stabilizer, a benzoate type light stabilizer, etc. are mentioned, for example. Regarding the content ratio of the light stabilizer, it is preferably 2% by weight or less, more preferably 1% by weight, relative to the base resin forming the base layer (when the base layer is a blend, the blend is the base resin) % Or less, more preferably 0.01% by weight to 0.5% by weight. As the filler, any appropriate filler can be used. As such a filler, an inorganic filler etc. are mentioned, for example. As an inorganic filler, specifically, carbon black, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, etc. are mentioned, for example. Regarding the content ratio of the filler, it is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight relative to the base resin forming the base layer (when the base layer is a blend, the blend is the base resin) Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight. Furthermore, as an additive, in order to impart antistatic properties, it is also preferable to cite inorganic, low-molecular-weight, and high-molecular-weight antistatic agents such as surfactants, inorganic salts, polyols, metal compounds, and carbon. In particular, from the viewpoint of contamination and adhesion maintenance, high-molecular-weight antistatic agents and carbon are preferred. <Adhesive layer (1)> The adhesive layer (1) can be manufactured by any appropriate manufacturing method. As such a manufacturing method, for example, a method of applying a composition as a forming material of the adhesive layer (1) on the base material layer to form the adhesive layer (1) on the base material layer. Examples of such coating methods include: roll coating, gravure coating, reverse coating, roll brushing, spray coating, air knife coating, extrusion coating using die nozzle coaters, etc. . The thickness of the adhesive layer (1) is preferably 1 μm to 150 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 140 μm, still more preferably 3 μm to 130 μm, and particularly preferably 4 μm to 120 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the adhesive layer (1) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled off The liner is peeled from the surface protective film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (1) is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 60% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, and particularly preferably 80% by weight to 100% by weight, preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (1) within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member The member is not easily peeled from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, peeling does not easily occur at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of urethane-based adhesives, acrylic-based adhesives, rubber-based adhesives, and silicone-based adhesives. From the viewpoint of showing the effect of the present invention, more preferably at least one selected from a urethane-based adhesive and an acrylic adhesive, and more preferably a urethane-based adhesive. [Urethane-based adhesive] The urethane-based adhesive contains a polyurethane-based resin. The content ratio of the polyurethane-based resin in the urethane-based adhesive is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, and still more preferably 90% by weight ~100% by weight, particularly preferably 95% by weight to 100% by weight, and most preferably 98% by weight to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyurethane-based resin in the urethane-based adhesive within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: When the release liner is peeled off, it is difficult for the optical member to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. In addition to the polyurethane-based resin, the urethane-based adhesive may contain any appropriate other components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than polyurethane resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, and anti-aging agents , Conductive agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. As the polyurethane-based resin, any appropriate polyurethane-based resin can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. The polyurethane-based resin is preferably a polyurethane-based resin formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), or a polyurethane-based resin A polyurethane-based resin formed from a composition of a prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). By using the above-mentioned polyurethane resin, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to contact the release liner. The pad is peeled from the surface protective film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The polyurethane-based resin may contain any appropriate other components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than polyurethane resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, and anti-aging agents , Conductive agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. The polyurethane-based resin preferably contains a deterioration preventing agent such as an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, and a light stabilizer. The polyurethane resin contains a deterioration preventive agent, even if it is stored in a heated state after being bonded to the adherend, it is difficult to generate paste residue on the adherend, and the paste can be left. Excellent preventability. The deterioration preventing agent may be only one type or two or more types. As a deterioration preventing agent, an antioxidant is particularly preferable. Examples of antioxidants include radical chain inhibitors and peroxide decomposers. As a radical chain inhibitor, a phenolic antioxidant, an amine antioxidant, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of peroxide decomposers include sulfur-based antioxidants and phosphorus-based antioxidants. Examples of phenolic antioxidants include monophenolic antioxidants, bisphenolic antioxidants, and polymer type phenolic antioxidants. Examples of monophenol-based antioxidants include 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, butylated hydroxyanisole, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol, β- (3,5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) stearyl propionate, etc. Examples of bisphenol antioxidants include 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-ethyl- 6-tertiary butylphenol), 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 4,4'-butylene bis(3-methyl-6-tertiary Butylphenol), 3,9-bis[1,1-dimethyl-2-[β-(3-tertiarybutyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)propanoxy]ethyl ]2,4,8,10-Tetraoxaspiro[5,5]undecane and so on. Examples of polymer type phenolic antioxidants include: 1,1,3-tris(2-methyl-4-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)butane, 1,3,5-trimethyl Base-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, tetrakis[methylene-3-(3',5'-di-tert-butyl-4 '-Hydroxyphenyl)propionate]methane, bis[3,3'-bis(4'-hydroxy-3'-tertiary butylphenyl)butyric acid]diol ester, 1,3,5-tri (3',5'-Di-tert-butyl-4'-hydroxybenzyl) serotonin-2,4,6-(1H,3H,5H)trione, tocopherol, etc. Examples of sulfur-based antioxidants include: 3,3'-thiodipropionate dilauryl ester, 3,3'-thiodipropionate dimyristate, 3,3'-thiodipropionate di Stearyl ester and so on. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include triphenyl phosphite, diphenyl phosphite isodecyl phosphite, phenyl phosphite diisodecyl phosphite, and the like. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include: benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers, salicylic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers, oxaniline-based ultraviolet absorbers, and cyanoacrylate-based ultraviolet absorbers Agents, three UV absorbers, etc. As the benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, for example, 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone Methyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-dodecyloxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4' -Dimethoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, bis(2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-5-benzylphenyl) Methane etc. Examples of benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers include: 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-5'-tertiary butyl) Phenyl) benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tertiary butylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3'-tertiary butyl) -5'-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-3',5'-di-tert-butylphenyl)5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3',5'-ditertiary pentylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy-4'-octyloxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[ 2'-Hydroxy-3'-(3``,4'',5'',6'',-Tetrahydrophthaliminomethyl)-5'-methylphenyl)benzotris Azole, 2,2'-methylenebis[4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol], 2-( 2'-hydroxy-5'-methacryloyloxyphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole and the like. Examples of salicylic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers include phenyl salicylate, p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, and p-octylphenyl salicylate. As the cyanoacrylate-based ultraviolet absorber, for example, 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3'-diphenyl acrylate, ethyl 2-cyano-3,3'-diphenyl acrylate Ester etc. Examples of the light stabilizer include hindered amine-based light stabilizers and ultraviolet stabilizers. Examples of hindered amine light stabilizers include: bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidinate) sebacate, bis(1,2,2,6,6 -Pentamethyl-4-piperidinate), methyl sebacate 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinate, etc. Examples of ultraviolet stabilizers include bis(octylphenyl) nickel sulfide, [2,2'-thiobis(4-tertiary octylphenol)]-n-butylamine nickel, and composite-3, 5-Di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl-nickel phosphate monoethanol, nickel dibutyldithiocarbamate, benzoate type quencher, nickel dibutyldithiocarbamate Wait. The urethane-based adhesive may contain fatty acid esters. There may be only one type of fatty acid ester, or two or more types. The number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester is preferably 200-400, more preferably 210-395, further preferably 230-380, particularly preferably 240-360, most preferably 250-350. By adjusting the number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester within the above range, the wetting speed can be further improved. If the number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester is too small, even if the number of additions is increased, the wetting speed may not increase. If the number average molecular weight Mn of the fatty acid ester is too large, the hardenability of the adhesive during drying may deteriorate, and not only the wetting properties but also other adhesive properties may be adversely affected. As the fatty acid ester, any appropriate fatty acid ester can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such fatty acid esters include polyoxyethylene bisphenol A laurate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate, 2-ethylhexyl stearate, and monobehenic acid. Glycerides, cetyl 2-ethylhexanoate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, cholesterol isostearate, lauryl methacrylate, coconut fatty acid methyl ester, methyl laurate, oil Methyl acid, methyl stearate, myristyl myristate, octyldodecyl myristate, pentaerythritol monooleate, pentaerythritol monostearate, pentaerythritol tetrapalmitate, stearyl stearate , Isotridecyl stearate, 2-ethylhexanoate triglyceride, butyl laurate, octyl oleate, etc. Regarding the formulation ratio of the fatty acid ester when preparing the urethane-based adhesive, for example, relative to the polyol (A), it is preferably 5% by weight to 50% by weight, more preferably 7% by weight to 45% by weight, and further It is preferably 8% by weight to 40% by weight, particularly preferably 9% by weight to 35% by weight, and most preferably 10% by weight to 30% by weight. Urethane-based adhesives may also include ionic liquids containing fluorine organic anions. When the urethane-based adhesive contains an ionic liquid containing a fluorine organic anion, it is possible to provide a urethane-based adhesive with very excellent antistatic properties. There may be only one type of ionic liquid, or two or more types. In the present invention, the ionic liquid system refers to molten salt (ionic compound) that is liquid at 25°C. As the ionic liquid, as long as it is an ionic liquid containing a fluorine organic anion, any appropriate ionic liquid can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such an ionic liquid, an ionic liquid composed of a fluorine organic anion and an onium cation is preferred. By using an ionic liquid composed of a fluorine organic anion and an onium cation as the ionic liquid, a urethane-based adhesive with extremely excellent antistatic properties can be provided. As the onium cation capable of constituting the ionic liquid, any appropriate onium cation can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Such an onium cation is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of nitrogen-containing onium cations, sulfur-containing onium cations, and phosphorus-containing onium cations. By selecting these onium cations, it is possible to provide a urethane-based adhesive with extremely excellent antistatic properties. The onium cation capable of constituting the ionic liquid is preferably at least one selected from cations having a structure represented by the general formulas (1) to (5). [化1]

In the general formula (1), R _a Represents a hydrocarbon group with 4 to 20 carbons, which may contain heteroatoms, R _b And R _c Same or different, represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 16 carbon atoms, which may contain heteroatoms. Among them, when the nitrogen atom contains a double bond, there is no R _c . In the general formula (2), R _d Represents a hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbons, which may contain heteroatoms, R _e , R _f And R _g Same or different, represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 16 carbon atoms, which may contain heteroatoms. In the general formula (3), R _h Represents a hydrocarbon group with 2 to 20 carbons, which may contain heteroatoms, R _i , R _j And R _k Same or different, represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 16 carbon atoms, which may contain heteroatoms. In the general formula (4), Z represents a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom, and R _l , R _m , R _n And R _o Same or different, represents a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 20 carbons, which may contain heteroatoms. Among them, when Z is a sulfur atom, there is no R _o . In the general formula (5), X represents a Li atom, a Na atom, or a K atom. Examples of the cation represented by the general formula (1) include pyridinium cation, pyrrolidinium cation, piperidinium cation, cation having a pyrroline skeleton, and cation having a pyrrole skeleton. Specific examples of the cation represented by the general formula (1) include, for example, 1-ethylpyridinium cation, 1-butylpyridinium cation, 1-hexylpyridinium cation, 1-ethyl-3-methyl Pyridium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-4-methylpyridinium cation, 1-octyl-4-methyl Pyridinium cation, 1-butyl-3,4-dimethylpyridinium cation, 1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium cation and other pyridinium cations; 1-ethyl-1-methylpyrrolidinium cation , 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1- Hexylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1- Ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation, 1,1-dipropylpyrrolidinium cation , 1-propyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1,1-dibutylpyrrolidinium cation and other pyrrolidinium cations; 1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentanium Piperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-heptylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl 1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium cation Cation, 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1,1-dimethylpiperidinium cation, 1,1-dipropylpiperidinium cation, 1,1-dibutylpiperidinium cation Piperidinium cations such as cations; 2-methyl-1-pyrroline cations; 1-ethyl-2-phenylindole cations; 1,2-dimethylindole cations; 1-ethylcarbazole cations, etc. . Among them, from the viewpoint that the effect of the present invention can be further expressed, it is preferable to cite: 1-ethylpyridinium cation, 1-butylpyridinium cation, 1-hexylpyridinium cation, 1-ethylpyridinium cation, and 1-ethylpyridinium cation. 3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-4-methylpyridinium cation, 1- Pyridium cations such as octyl-4-methylpyridinium cation; 1-ethyl-1-methylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1- Butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation, 1- Ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidine cation Onium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium cation and other pyrrolidinium cations; 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-heptyl Piperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl Piperidinium cations such as 1-hexylpiperidinium cation, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium cation, 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium cation, etc., more preferably 1-hexyl Pyridium cation, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium cation, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridinium cation, 1-methyl-1- Propylpyrrolidinium cation, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium cation. Examples of the cation represented by the general formula (2) include imidazolium cations, tetrahydropyrimidinium cations, and dihydropyrimidinium cations. Specific examples of the cation represented by the general formula (2) include, for example, 1,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1,3-diethylimidazolium cation, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazole Onium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-octyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-decyl-3-methyl Imidazolium cation, 1-dodecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-tetradecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1,2-dimethyl-3-propylimidazolium cation, 1-ethyl-2,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1-butyl-2,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-2,3-dimethylimidazolium cation and other imidazolium cations ; 1,3-dimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3-trimethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2 ,3,4-Tetramethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3,5-tetramethyl-1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinium cation, etc. Hydropyrimidinium cation; 1,3-dimethyl-1,4-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,3-dimethyl-1,6-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3-trimethyl -1,4-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3-trimethyl-1,6-dihydropyrimidinium cation, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,4-dihydropyrimidine Dihydropyrimidinium cations such as onium cations, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,6-dihydropyrimidinium cations, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of further expressing the effects of the present invention, 1,3-dimethylimidazolium cation, 1,3-diethylimidazolium cation, 1-ethyl-3 -Methylimidazolium cation, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-octyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-decyl- 3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-dodecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-tetradecyl-3-methylimidazolium cation and other imidazolium cations, more preferably 1-ethyl- 3-methylimidazolium cation, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium cation. Examples of the cation represented by the general formula (3) include pyrazolium cation, pyrazolium cation, and the like. As specific examples of the cation represented by the general formula (3), for example, 1-methylpyrazolium cation, 3-methylpyrazolium cation, 1-ethyl-2-methylpyrazolium cation, 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium cation, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium cation, 1-butyl-2,3,5-tris Pyrazolinium cations such as methylpyrazolium cation; 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium cation, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium cation Cation, 1-butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolinium cation and other pyrazolinium cations, etc. The cation represented by the general formula (4) includes, for example, tetraalkylammonium cation, trialkylaluminium cation, tetraalkylphosphonium cation, and part of the alkyl group is alkenyl group, alkoxy group, and epoxy group. Those who replace it, etc. Specific examples of the cation represented by the general formula (4) include, for example, tetramethylammonium cation, tetraethylammonium cation, tetrabutylammonium cation, tetrapentylammonium cation, tetrahexylammonium cation, and tetraheptyl cation. Ammonium cation, triethylmethylammonium cation, tributylethylammonium cation, trimethylpropylammonium cation, trimethyldecylammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N- (2-Methoxyethyl) ammonium cation, glycidyl trimethylammonium cation, trimethyl alumium cation, triethyl alumium cation, tributyl alumium cation, trihexyl alumium cation, diethyl methyl alumium cation Cation, dibutylethylphosphonium cation, dimethyldecylphosphonium cation, tetramethylphosphonium cation, tetraethylphosphonium cation, tetrabutylphosphonium cation, tetrahexylphosphonium cation, tetraoctylphosphonium cation, triethyl Methyl phosphonium cation, tributyl ethyl phosphonium cation, trimethyl decyl phosphonium cation, diallyl dimethyl ammonium cation, etc. Among them, from the viewpoint of further expressing the effects of the present invention, it is preferable to cite: triethylmethylammonium cation, tributylethylammonium cation, trimethyldecylammonium cation, diethyl Asymmetric tetramethyl phosphonium cation, dibutyl ethyl phosphonium cation, dimethyl decyl phosphonium cation, triethyl methyl phosphonium cation, tributyl ethyl phosphonium cation, trimethyl decyl phosphonium cation, etc. Alkyl ammonium cation; trialkyl phosphonium cation, tetraalkyl phosphonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl) ammonium cation, glycidyl trimethyl Ammonium cation, diallyldimethylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-propylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-butyl Ammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-pentylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl- N-ethyl-N-heptylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-nonylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-dipropylammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-propyl-N-butylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-pentylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N- Propyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-heptylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-butyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N, N-diethyl-N-butyl-N-heptylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N-pentyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-di Hexylammonium cation, trimethylheptylammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-propylammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-pentylammonium cation Cation, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-heptylammonium cation, N,N-diethyl-N-propyl-N-pentylammonium cation, triethylpropylammonium cation, Triethylpentylammonium cation, triethylheptylammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N-ethylammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N -Pentylammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N-butyl-N-hexylammonium cation, N,N-dipropyl-N,N-dihexylammonium cation, N,N-dibutyl- N-methyl-N-pentylammonium cation, N,N-dibutyl-N-methyl-N-hexylammonium cation, trioctylmethylammonium cation, N-methyl-N-ethyl-N -Propyl-N-pentylammonium cation, etc., more preferably trimethylpropylammonium cation. As the fluorine organic anion that can constitute the ionic liquid, any appropriate fluorine organic anion can be used within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Such fluorine organic anions can be completely fluorinated (perfluorinated) or partially fluorinated. Examples of such fluorine organic anions include: fluorinated aryl sulfonates, perfluoroalkane sulfonates, bis(fluorosulfonyl) imide, and bis(perfluoroalkane sulfonyl) sulfonate. Amine, cyano perfluoroalkane sulfonamide, bis(cyano)perfluoroalkane sulfonyl methide, cyano-bis(perfluoroalkane sulfonyl) methide, tris(perfluoroalkane sulfonyl) ((Perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)methide), trifluoroacetate, perfluoroalkylate, tris(perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)methide, (perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)trifluoroacetamide, etc. Among the fluoroorganic anions, more preferred are perfluoroalkyl sulfonates, bis(fluorosulfonyl)imines, and bis(perfluoroalkanesulfonyl)imines, and more specifically, for example, Trifluoromethanesulfonate, pentafluoroethanesulfonate, heptafluoropropanesulfonate, nonafluorobutanesulfonate, bis(fluorosulfonyl) imide, bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) sulfonate amine. As a specific example of an ionic liquid, it can select suitably from the combination of the said cationic component and the said anion component, and can use. As specific examples of such ionic liquids, for example, 1-hexylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imidine, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium triflate, 1- Ethyl-3-methylpyridinium pentafluoroethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium heptafluoropropanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid Ester, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium triflate, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, 1-butyl-3 -Methylpyridinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dimethylpyrrolidinium Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-ethylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium Bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis( Trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, 1-methyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, 1-methyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Fluoromethanesulfonyl) imidimide, 1-methyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imidimide, 1-ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Fluoromethanesulfonyl) imidimide, 1-ethyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imidimide, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Fluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imid, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoro Methanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dipropylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-propyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfon) Amino) imidimide, 1,1-dibutylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, 1-propylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, 1-pentylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dimethylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1- Ethylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1- Propylpiperidinium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-pentyl Piperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-hexylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-heptylpiper Pyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-butylpiperidine Pyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-hexylpiperidine Onium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dipropylpiperidinium bis (Trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imine, 1- Propyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dibutylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1- Dimethylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-ethylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1 -Propylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1 -Pentylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-hexylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1- Heptylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1- Butylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1- Hexylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dipropylpyrrole Pyridinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-propyl-1-butylpyrrolidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1-dibutylpyrrolidinium Bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-propylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-pentylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide Imine, 1,1-dimethylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-ethylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide , 1-Methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide , 1-methyl-1-pentylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-hexylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-Methyl-1-heptylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-pentylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-Ethyl-1-hexylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-1-heptylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1 ,1-Dipropylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-propyl-1-butylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1,1 -Dibutylpiperidinium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoroacetate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium heptafluoro Butyrate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium heptafluoropropanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazole Onium nonafluorobutanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(fluorosulfonyl) Amide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl ) Imine, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium tris(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) methide, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoroacetate, 1-butyl -3-methylimidazolium heptafluorobutyrate, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium perfluorobutanesulfonate, 1 -Butyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium triflate, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium Bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1,2-dimethyl-3-propylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-2,3,5-tri Methylpyrazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1- Butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(pentafluoroethyl Sulfonyl)imide, 1-propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-butyl-2,3,5-tri Methylpyrazolium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl)trifluoroacetamide, 1 -Propyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) trifluoroacetamide, 1-butyl-2,3,5-trimethylpyrazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Methanesulfonyl) trifluoroacetamide, trimethylpropylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-propylammonium bis( Trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-butylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N-dimethyl- N-ethyl-N-pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide Imine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-heptylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, N,N-dimethyl-N-ethyl-N-nonane Ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-dipropylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N-dimethyl N-N-propyl-N-butylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Yl)imidine, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, N,N-dimethyl-N-propyl-N -Heptylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N-dimethyl-N-butyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N -Dimethyl-N-butyl-N-heptylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, N,N-dimethyl-N-pentyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethyl) Sulfonyl) imide, N,N-dimethyl-N,N-dihexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imid, trimethylheptylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) ) Imine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-propylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Imine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N,N -Heptylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N-diethyl-N-propyl-N-pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, triethyl Propylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, triethylpentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, triethylheptylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) ) Iminium, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N-ethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) iminium, N,N-dipropyl-N-methyl-N -Pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N-dipropyl-N-butyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, N,N -Dipropyl-N,N-Dihexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, N,N-Dibutyl-N-methyl-N-pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Yl)imine, N,N-dibutyl-N-methyl-N-hexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imid, trioctylmethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) ) Iminium, N-methyl-N-ethyl-N-propyl-N-pentylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) iminium, 1-butylpyridinium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Group) trifluoroacetamide, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) trifluoroacetamide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) Base) trifluoroacetamide, tetrahexylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imine, diallyldimethylammonium triflate, diallyldimethylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonate) Fluoromethylsulfonyl)imidim, diallyldimethylammonium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imid, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methyl (Oxyethyl)ammonium triflate, N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide , N,N-diethyl-N-methyl-N-(2-methoxyethyl)ammonium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imidine, glycidyltrimethylammonium trifluoromethanesulfonate Ester, glycidyl trimethyl ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, glycidyl trimethyl ammonium bis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl) imide, diallyl dimethyl Ammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, diallyldimethylbis(pentafluoroethanesulfonyl)imide, lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, lithium bis (Fluorosulfonyl) imine and the like. Among the plasmonic liquids, 1-hexylpyridinium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3 -Methylpyridinium pentafluoroethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium heptafluoropropanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylpyridinium nonafluorobutanesulfonate, 1- Butyl-3-methylpyridinium triflate, 1-butyl-3-methylpyridinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imidine, 1-octyl-4-methylpyridine Onium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-methyl-1-propylpyrrolidinium bis (Fluorosulfonyl) iminium, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl) iminium, 1-methyl-1-propylpiperidinium bis(fluoro Sulfonyl) imide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium heptafluoropropanesulfonate, 1-ethyl-3 -Methylimidazolium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, 1-hexyl-3-methylimidazolium Bis(fluorosulfonyl)imide, trimethylpropylammonium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, lithium bis(trifluoromethanesulfonyl)imide, lithium bis(fluorosulfonyl)基)imidine. Commercially available ionic liquids can be used, or they can be synthesized as follows. As a synthesis method of ionic liquids, there is no particular limitation as long as the target ionic liquids can be obtained. Generally, halogenation described in the document "Ionic Liquids-The Forefront and Future of Development -" (published by CMC Co., Ltd.) can be used. Physical method, hydroxide method, acid ester method, complex formation method and neutralization method, etc. Hereinafter, for the halide method, the hydroxide method, the ester method, the complex formation method, and the neutralization method, the nitrogen-containing onium salt is taken as an example to show the synthesis method thereof. About other sulfur-containing onium salts and phosphonium-containing onium salts Other ionic liquids such as salt can also be obtained by the same method. The halide method is a method performed by the reactions shown in the reaction formulas (1) to (3). First, a tertiary amine is reacted with a halogenated alkyl group to obtain a halide (reaction formula (1), as the halogen, chlorine, bromine, and iodine can be used). Make the obtained halide and the anion structure of the target ionic liquid (A ^- ) Acid (HA) or salt (MA, M series and ammonium, lithium, sodium, potassium and other target anions form salt cations) to obtain the target ionic liquid (R ₄ NA). [化2]

The hydroxide method is a method performed by the reactions shown in reaction formulas (4) to (8). First, make the halide (R ₄ NX) electrolysis by ion exchange membrane method (reaction formula (4)), OH type ion exchange resin method (reaction formula (5)) or with silver oxide (Ag ₂ O) reaction (reaction formula (6)) to obtain hydroxide (R ₄ NOH) (As the halogen, chlorine, bromine, and iodine can be used). For the obtained hydroxide, similar to the above-mentioned halogenation method, the target ionic liquid (R ₄ NA). [化3]

The acid ester method is a method performed by the reactions shown in reaction formulas (9) to (11). First, make the tertiary amine (R ₃ N) reacting with an acid ester to obtain an acid ester (reaction formula (9), as the acid ester, esters of inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, sulfurous acid, phosphoric acid, phosphorous acid, and carbonic acid, Organic acid esters such as formic acid, etc.). For the obtained acid ester, similar to the above-mentioned halogenation method, by using the reaction of reaction formulas (10) to (11), the target ionic liquid (R ₄ NA). Moreover, by using methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate, methyl trifluoroacetate, etc. as an acid ester, an ionic liquid can also be obtained directly. [化4]

The neutralization method is a method performed by the reaction shown in the reaction formula (12). By making tertiary amine and CF ₃ COOH, CF ₃ SO ₃ H, (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₂ NH, (CF ₃ SO ₂ ) ₃ CH, (C ₂ F ₅ SO ₂ ) ₂ NH and other organic acids are obtained by reaction. [化5]

R described in the above reaction formulas (1) to (12) represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and may contain a heteroatom. The blending amount of the ionic liquid varies according to the compatibility between the polymer used and the ionic liquid, so it cannot be generalized. Generally, it is preferably 0.001 weight relative to 100 weight parts of the polyurethane resin Parts by weight to 50 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 40 parts by weight, further preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 30 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight, most preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight . By adjusting the blending amount of the ionic liquid within the above-mentioned range, it is possible to provide a urethane-based adhesive with very excellent antistatic properties. If the above-mentioned blending amount of the ionic liquid is less than 0.01 parts by weight, there is a possibility that sufficient antistatic properties may not be obtained. If the above-mentioned blending amount of the ionic liquid exceeds 50 parts by weight, the contamination of the adherend tends to increase. Urethane-based adhesives may also contain modified silicone oil. By making the urethane-based adhesive contain modified silicone oil, the effect of the present invention can be more effectively expressed. When the urethane adhesive contains modified silicone oil, the content ratio is preferably 0.001 to 50 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the polyurethane resin, and more preferably It is 0.01 parts by weight to 40 parts by weight, more preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 30 parts by weight, particularly preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 20 parts by weight, and most preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 10 parts by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the modified silicone oil within the above range, the effect of the present invention can be more effectively expressed. As the modified silicone oil, any appropriate modified silicone oil can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such modified silicone oils, for example, modified silicone oils that can be obtained from ZHIYUE Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. can be cited. As the modified silicone oil, polyether modified silicone oil is preferred. By using polyether modified polysiloxane oil, the effects of the present invention can be more effectively expressed. Examples of polyether-modified silicone oils include side-chain type polyether-modified silicone oils, two-terminal type polyether-modified silicone oils, and the like. Among them, in terms of further fully expressing the effects of the present invention, a two-terminal polyether-modified silicone oil is preferred. (Polyurethane resin formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B)) Regarding formation from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) Specifically, the polyurethane resin is preferably a polyurethane resin obtained by curing a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). The polyol (A) may be only one type or two or more types. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be only one type or two or more types. As the polyol (A), for example, a polyester polyol, a polyether polyol, a polycaprolactone polyol, a polycarbonate polyol, and a castor oil-based polyol are preferably mentioned. As the polyol (A), polyether polyol is more preferable. As a polyester polyol, it can obtain by the esterification reaction of a polyol component and an acid component, for example. As the polyol component, for example, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol Alcohol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol, 2,4-diethyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,8-decanediol, octadecanediol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane , Pentaerythritol, hexanetriol, polypropylene glycol, etc. Examples of acid components include: succinic acid, methylsuccinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, 1,12-dodecanedioic acid, 1,14-tetradecanedioic acid Acid, dimer acid, 2-methyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, 2-ethyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, o-benzene Dicarboxylic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 1,4-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-biphenyl dicarboxylic acid, anhydrides of these, etc. Examples of polyether polyols include water, low molecular weight polyols (propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, etc.), bisphenols (bisphenol A, etc.), dihydroxybenzene ( Catechol, resorcinol, hydroquinone, etc.) are polyether polyols obtained by addition polymerization of alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and butylene oxide as initiators. Specifically, for example, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polybutylene glycol, and the like can be cited. Examples of polycaprolactone polyols include caprolactone-based polyester diols obtained by ring-opening polymerization of cyclic ester monomers such as ε-caprolactone and σ-valerolactone. Examples of polycarbonate polyols include polycarbonate polyols obtained by polycondensation reaction of the above-mentioned polyol component and carbon chloride; and the above-mentioned polyol component with dimethyl carbonate, diethyl carbonate, and dicarbonate. Propyl ester, diisopropyl carbonate, dibutyl carbonate, ethyl butyl carbonate, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate, diphenyl carbonate, dibenzyl carbonate and other carbonic acid diesters are obtained by transesterification condensation Polycarbonate polyol; copolymerized polycarbonate polyol obtained by using two or more of the above-mentioned polyol components together; polycarbonate polyol obtained by esterification of the above-mentioned various polycarbonate polyols and carboxyl-containing compounds ; Polycarbonate polyols obtained by etherification of the above-mentioned various polycarbonate polyols and hydroxyl-containing compounds; polycarbonate polyols obtained by transesterification of the above-mentioned various polycarbonate polyols and ester compounds; Polycarbonate polyols obtained by transesterification of the above various polycarbonate polyols and hydroxyl-containing compounds; polyester polycarbonates obtained by polycondensation of the above various polycarbonate polyols and dicarboxylic acid compounds Polyols; copolymerized polyether polycarbonate polyols obtained by copolymerizing the above-mentioned various polycarbonate polyols and alkylene oxides, etc. Examples of castor oil-based polyols include castor oil-based polyols obtained by reacting castor oil fatty acids with the above-mentioned polyol components. Specifically, for example, a castor oil-based polyol obtained by reacting castor oil fatty acid and polypropylene glycol is used. The number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A) is preferably 400 to 20,000, more preferably 500 to 17,000, still more preferably 600 to 15,000, and particularly preferably 800 to 12,000. By adjusting the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A) within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is difficult to contact The release liner is peeled off from the surface protection film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. As the polyol (A), a polyol (A1) containing 3 OH groups and having a number average molecular weight Mn of 8,000 to 20,000 is preferred. The polyol (A1) may be only one type or two or more types. The content ratio of the polyol (A1) in the polyol (A) is preferably 70% by weight or more, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, and still more preferably 70% by weight to 90% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyol (A1) in the polyol (A) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off , The optical member is not easily peeled from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A1) is preferably from 8000 to 20000, more preferably from 8000 to 18000, further preferably from 8500 to 17000, further preferably from 9000 to 16000, particularly preferably from 9500 to 15500, most preferably 10000～15000. By adjusting the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A1) within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is difficult to contact The release liner is peeled off from the surface protection film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The polyol (A) may contain a polyol (A2) having 3 or more OH groups with a number average molecular weight Mn of 5000 or less. The polyol (A2) may be only one type or two or more types. The number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A2) is preferably 500-5000, more preferably 800-4500, still more preferably 1000-4000, particularly preferably 1000-3500, most preferably 1000-3000. If the number average molecular weight Mn of the polyol (A2) is not within the above-mentioned range, there is a possibility that the increase in adhesive force over time may be particularly increased, and excellent reworkability may not be exhibited. As the polyol (A2), it is preferable to enumerate: a polyol having 3 OH groups (triol), a polyol having 4 OH groups (tetraol), and a polyol having 5 OH groups (five Alcohols), polyhydric alcohols with 6 OH groups (hexahydric alcohols). For the polyol (A2) with 4 OH groups (tetrahydric alcohol), 5 OH groups (pentahydric alcohol), and 6 OH groups (hexahydric alcohol) The total amount of at least one of them is based on the content ratio in the polyol (A), preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 7% by weight or less, still more preferably 6% by weight or less, particularly preferably 5% by weight the following. Since the polyol (A) will be the polyol (A2) with 4 OH groups (tetraol), the polyol with 5 OH groups (pentaol), and the polyol with 6 OH groups Adjusting at least one of the polyols (hexahydric alcohols) within the above range can provide a urethane-based adhesive with more excellent transparency. The content ratio of the polyol (A2) in the polyol (A) is preferably 30% by weight or less, more preferably 0% by weight to 30% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyol (A2) in the polyol (A) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off , The optical member is not easily peeled from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The content ratio of the polyol (A2) having 4 or more OH groups with a number average molecular weight Mn of 5000 or less relative to the entire polyol (A) is preferably less than 10% by weight, more preferably 8% by weight % Or less, more preferably 7 weight% or less, particularly preferably 6 weight% or less, most preferably 5 weight% or less. If the polyol (A2) has 4 or more OH groups with a number average molecular weight Mn of 5000 or less, the content of the polyol is 10% by weight or more relative to the entire polyol (A), then there is a urethane system The adhesive becomes easy to whiten, which may reduce transparency. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be only one type or two or more types. As the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), any appropriate polyfunctional isocyanate compound that can be used in the urethane reaction can be used. As such a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), a polyfunctional aliphatic isocyanate compound, a polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate, a polyfunctional aromatic isocyanate compound, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of polyfunctional aliphatic isocyanate compounds include trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, 1,2-propylene diisocyanate, 1,3-butylene diisocyanate, dodecamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, etc. Examples of polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate compounds include 1,3-cyclopentene diisocyanate, 1,3-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, and isophorone diisocyanate , Hydrogenated diphenylmethane diisocyanate, hydrogenated xylylene diisocyanate, hydrogenated toluene diisocyanate, hydrogenated tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, etc. Examples of polyfunctional aromatic diisocyanate compounds include phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 2,2'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4, 4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 4,4'-toluidine diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4'-biphenyl diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalene diisocyanate, benzene Dimethyl diisocyanate, etc. Examples of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) include trimethylolpropane adducts of various polyfunctional isocyanate compounds as described above, biuret compounds obtained by reacting with water, and those having isocyanurate rings. Trimer and so on. Moreover, these can also be used together. The equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 2.0 or less in terms of NCO group/OH group, more preferably 0.1 to 1.9, and even more preferably 0.2 to 1.8, It is particularly preferably 0.3 to 1.7, and most preferably 0.5 to 1.6. By adjusting the equivalent ratio of NCO group/OH group within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled off The liner is peeled from the surface protective film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Regarding the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), relative to the polyol (A), the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 1.0% by weight to 20% by weight, more preferably 1.5% by weight to 19% by weight, and further It is preferably 2.0% by weight to 18% by weight, particularly preferably 2.3% by weight to 17% by weight, and most preferably 2.5% by weight to 16% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to contact The release liner is peeled off from the surface protection film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. Specifically, the polyurethane-based resin is preferably formed by curing a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B). As a method for curing the composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) to form a polyurethane-based resin, bulk polymerization or solution can be used within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Any appropriate method such as a urethane reaction method such as polymerization. In order to harden the composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), it is preferable to use a catalyst. As such a catalyst, an organometallic compound, a tertiary amine compound, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of organometallic compounds include iron-based compounds, tin-based compounds, titanium-based compounds, zirconium-based compounds, lead-based compounds, cobalt-based compounds, and zinc-based compounds. Among them, from the viewpoint of the reaction rate and the pot life of the adhesive layer, iron-based compounds and tin-based compounds are preferred. Examples of iron-based compounds include iron acetopyruvate, iron 2-ethylhexanoate, and the like. Examples of tin-based compounds include dibutyl tin dichloride, dibutyl tin oxide, dibutyl tin dibromide, dibutyl tin maleate, dibutyl tin dilaurate, and dibutyl tin oxide. Tin diacetate, dibutyl tin sulfide, tributyl tin methoxide, tributyl tin acetate, triethyl tin ethoxide, tributyl tin ethoxide, dioctyl tin oxide, dioctyl tin dilaurate, tributyl Base tin chloride, tributyl tin trichloroacetate, tin 2-ethylhexanoate, etc. As a titanium compound, dibutyl titanium dichloride, tetrabutyl titanate, butoxy titanium trichloride, etc. are mentioned, for example. As a zirconium compound, zirconium naphthenate, zirconium acetylacetonate, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of lead-based compounds include lead oleate, lead 2-ethylhexanoate, lead benzoate, lead naphthenate, and the like. Examples of cobalt-based compounds include cobalt 2-ethylhexanoate, cobalt benzoate, and the like. As a zinc compound, zinc naphthenate, zinc 2-ethylhexanoate, etc. are mentioned, for example. Examples of tertiary amine compounds include triethylamine, triethylenediamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo-(5,4,0)-undecene-7, and the like. There may be only one type of catalyst, or two or more types. In addition, a catalyst and a crosslinking delay agent may be used in combination. The amount of the catalyst relative to the polyol (A) is preferably 0.02% by weight to 0.10% by weight, more preferably 0.02% by weight to 0.08% by weight, still more preferably 0.02% by weight to 0.06% by weight, and particularly preferably 0.02% by weight Weight% to 0.05% by weight. By adjusting the amount of the catalyst within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to self-self together with the release liner The surface protection film peels off, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. In the composition containing the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), any appropriate other components may be contained within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than polyurethane resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, and anti-aging agents , Conductive agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. (Polyurethane-based resin formed from a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B)) From a urethane prepolymer (C) and The polyurethane resin formed from the composition of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be a polyurethane resin obtained by using a so-called "urethane prepolymer" as a raw material. Any appropriate polyurethane resin is used. Regarding the polyurethane resin formed from a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), for example, a polyurethane prepolymer containing (C) Polyurethane-based resin formed by a combination of polyurethane polyol and multifunctional isocyanate compound (B). The urethane prepolymer (C) may be only one type or two or more types. The polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) may be only one type or two or more types. As the polyurethane polyol of the urethane prepolymer (C), it is preferable to combine the polyester polyol (a1) and the polyether polyol (a2) in the presence of a catalyst or without a catalyst. It is formed by reacting with the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3) under conditions. As the polyester polyol (a1), any appropriate polyester polyol can be used. As such a polyester polyol (a1), the polyester polyol obtained by making an acid component and a diol component react is mentioned, for example. As an acid component, terephthalic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, phthalic anhydride, isophthalic acid, trimellitic acid etc. are mentioned, for example. As the glycol component, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, butanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 3,3'- Dimethylolheptane, polyoxyethylene glycol, polyoxypropylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, and butyl ethyl pentane glycol. Examples of polyol components include: glycerin, trihydroxy Methyl propane, pentaerythritol, etc. As the polyester polyol (a1), a polyester obtained by ring-opening polymerization of lactones such as polycaprolactone, poly(β-methyl-γ-valerolactone), and polyvalerolactone can also be cited Polyols and so on. As the molecular weight of the polyester polyol (a1), it can be used from low molecular weight to high molecular weight. As the molecular weight of the polyester polyol (a1), the number average molecular weight is preferably 500 to 5,000. If the number average molecular weight is less than 500, the reactivity may increase and it may become easy to gel. If the number average molecular weight exceeds 5000, the reactivity may decrease, and the cohesive force of the polyurethane polyol itself may decrease. The usage amount of the polyester polyol (a1) is preferably 10 to 90 mol% in the polyol constituting the polyurethane polyol. As the polyether polyol (a2), any appropriate polyether polyol can be used. As such a polyether polyol (a2), for example, a low molecular weight polyol such as water, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, trimethylolpropane and the like is used as an initiator to make ethylene oxide, cyclic Polyether polyols obtained by polymerization of ethylene oxide compounds such as propylene oxide, butylene oxide and tetrahydrofuran. Specific examples of such polyether polyol (a2) include polyether polyols having a functional group number of 2 or more, such as polypropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and polybutylene glycol. As the molecular weight of the polyether polyol (a2), it can be used from low molecular weight to high molecular weight. As the molecular weight of the polyether polyol (a2), the number average molecular weight is preferably 1,000 to 5,000. If the number average molecular weight is less than 1,000, the reactivity may increase and it may become easy to gel. If the number average molecular weight exceeds 5000, the reactivity may decrease, and the cohesive force of the polyurethane polyol itself may decrease. The usage amount of the polyether polyol (a2) in the polyol constituting the polyurethane polyol is preferably 20 mol% to 80 mol%. Polyether polyol (a2) can be replaced with ethylene glycol, 1,4-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, butyl ethyl pentane glycol, glycerin, trimethylol propane, pentaerythritol, etc. as needed. Polyamines such as alcohols, ethylenediamine, N-aminoethylethanolamine, isophoronediamine, xylylenediamine, etc. are used in combination. As the polyether polyol (a2), only bifunctional polyether polyols can be used, or a part or all of polyether polyols having a number average molecular weight of 1000 to 5000 and having at least 3 hydroxyl groups in one molecule can be used. . If a part or all of a polyether polyol having an average molecular weight of 1,000 to 5,000 and having at least three or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule is used as the polyether polyol (a2), the balance between adhesive force and releasability can be improved. In such a polyether polyol, if the number average molecular weight is less than 1,000, the reactivity may increase and it may become easy to gel. In addition, in such a polyether polyol, if the number average molecular weight exceeds 5000, the reactivity may decrease, and the cohesive force of the polyurethane polyol itself may decrease. The number average molecular weight of this polyether polyol is more preferably 2500-3500. As the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3), any appropriate organic polyisocyanate compound can be used. As such an organic polyisocyanate compound (a3), aromatic polyisocyanate, aliphatic polyisocyanate, araliphatic polyisocyanate, alicyclic polyisocyanate, etc. are mentioned, for example. As the aromatic polyisocyanate, for example, 1,3-phenylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-biphenyl diisocyanate, 1,4-phenylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 2,6-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-toluidine diisocyanate, 2,4,6-triisocyanatotoluene, 1,3,5-triisocyanatobenzene, diphenyl Methyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl ether diisocyanate, 4,4',4''-triphenylmethane triisocyanate, etc. Examples of aliphatic polyisocyanates include trimethylene diisocyanate, tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, pentamethylene diisocyanate, 1,2-propylene diisocyanate, 2,3 -Butylene diisocyanate, 1,3-butylene diisocyanate, dodecamethylene diisocyanate, 2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, etc. Examples of araliphatic polyisocyanates include: ω,ω'-diisocyanate-1,3-dimethylbenzene, ω,ω'-diisocyanato-1,4-dimethylbenzene, ω,ω '-Diisocyanate group-1,4-diethylbenzene, 1,4-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, 1,3-tetramethylxylylene diisocyanate, etc. Examples of alicyclic polyisocyanates include 3-isocyanatomethyl-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexyl isocyanate, 1,3-cyclopentane diisocyanate, and 1,3-cyclohexane diisocyanate , 1,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2,4-cyclohexane diisocyanate, methyl-2,6-cyclohexane diisocyanate, 4,4'-methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate ), 1,4-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, 1,4-bis(isocyanatomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. As the organic polyisocyanate compound (a3), a trimethylolpropane adduct, a biuret obtained by reacting with water, a trimer having an isocyanurate ring, and the like may also be used in combination. As a catalyst that can be used when obtaining a polyurethane polyol, any appropriate catalyst can be used. Examples of such catalysts include tertiary amine compounds and organometallic compounds. Examples of tertiary amine compounds include triethylamine, triethylenediamine, 1,8-diazabicyclo(5,4,0)-undecene-7 (DBU), and the like. Examples of organometallic compounds include tin-based compounds and non-tin-based compounds. Examples of tin-based compounds include dibutyl tin dichloride, dibutyl tin oxide, dibutyl tin dibromide, dibutyl tin dimaleate, and dibutyl tin dilaurate ( DBTDL), dibutyl tin diacetate, dibutyl tin sulfide, tributyl tin sulfide, tributyl tin oxide, tributyl tin acetate, triethyl tin ethoxide, tributyl tin ethoxide, dioctyl oxide Tin, tributyltin chloride, tributyltin trichloroacetate, tin 2-ethylhexanoate, etc. Examples of non-tin compounds include titanium compounds such as dibutyl titanium dichloride, tetrabutyl titanate, and butoxy titanium trichloride; lead oleate, lead 2-ethylhexanoate, and benzoic acid Lead-based compounds such as lead and lead naphthenate; iron-based compounds such as iron 2-ethylhexanoate and iron acetylpyruvate; cobalt-based compounds such as cobalt benzoate and cobalt 2-ethylhexanoate; zinc naphthenate, Zinc compounds such as zinc 2-ethylhexanoate; zirconium compounds such as zirconium naphthenate, etc. When using a catalyst when obtaining polyurethane polyols, in a system where there are two polyols of polyester polyol and polyether polyol, a separate catalyst is used due to the difference in reactivity The problem of gelation or turbidity of the reaction solution is likely to occur in the system. Therefore, by using two types of catalysts when obtaining polyurethane polyols, it is easy to control the reaction rate, the selectivity of the catalysts, etc., so that these problems can be solved. As a combination of such two types of catalysts, for example, tertiary amine/organometallic, tin/non-tin, tin/tin, tin/tin is preferred, and dibutyl dibutyl is more preferred. Combination of tin laurate and tin 2-ethylhexanoate. The blending ratio is based on a weight ratio, and the 2-ethylhexanoate/dibutyltin dilaurate is preferably less than 1, more preferably 0.2-0.6. If the blending ratio is 1 or more, there is a possibility that gelation may be easy due to the balance of catalyst activity. When using a catalyst when obtaining polyurethane polyols, the amount of catalyst used is relative to the total of polyester polyol (a1), polyether polyol (a2) and organic polyisocyanate compound (a3) The amount is preferably 0.01 to 1.0% by weight. In the case of using a catalyst when obtaining a polyurethane polyol, the reaction temperature is preferably less than 100°C, more preferably 85°C to 95°C. If it is 100° C. or higher, it may be difficult to control the reaction rate and the cross-linked structure, and it may be difficult to obtain a polyurethane polyol having a specific molecular weight. When obtaining polyurethane polyols, a catalyst may not be used. In this case, the reaction temperature is preferably 100°C or higher, more preferably 110°C or higher. Moreover, when obtaining polyurethane polyol under the condition of no catalyst, it is preferable to react for 3 hours or more. As a method of obtaining polyurethane polyols, for example: 1) a method of adding all the amounts of polyester polyol, polyether polyol, catalyst, and organic polyisocyanate to a flask; 2) adding poly A method in which ester polyol, polyether polyol, and catalyst are added to a flask and organic polyisocyanate is added dropwise. As a method of obtaining a polyurethane polyol, the method of 2) is preferable in terms of reaction control. Any appropriate solvent can be used when obtaining the polyurethane polyol. As such a solvent, methyl ethyl ketone, ethyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, etc. are mentioned, for example. Among these solvents, toluene is preferred. As the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), the above can be applied. In the composition containing the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), any appropriate other components may be contained within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than polyurethane resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, and anti-aging agents , Conductive agents, UV absorbers, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. As a method for producing a polyurethane-based resin formed from a composition containing a urethane prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), as long as it is a so-called "urethane prepolymer""Polymer" is used as a raw material to produce a polyurethane-based resin, and any appropriate production method can be adopted. The number average molecular weight Mn of the urethane prepolymer (C) is preferably 1,000 to 100,000. The equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 2.0 or less in terms of NCO group/OH group, more preferably 0.1 to 1.9, and more It is preferably 0.2 to 1.8, particularly preferably 0.3 to 1.7, and most preferably 0.5 to 1.6. By adjusting the equivalent ratio of NCO group/OH group within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled off The liner is peeled from the surface protective film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Regarding the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is preferably 1.0% by weight to 10% by weight, more preferably 1.5% by weight relative to the urethane prepolymer (C) -9.5% by weight, more preferably 2.0% by weight to 9% by weight, particularly preferably 2.3% by weight to 8.5% by weight, most preferably 2.5% by weight to 8% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to contact The release liner is peeled off from the surface protection film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. [Acrylic Adhesive] The acrylic adhesive contains acrylic resin. The content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic adhesive is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight, and particularly preferably 95% to 100% by weight, preferably 98% to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic adhesive within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member It is difficult to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. In addition to the acrylic resin, the acrylic adhesive may contain any appropriate other components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than acrylic resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, anti-aging agents, conductive agents, and ultraviolet rays. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. As the acrylic resin, any appropriate acrylic resin can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. The acrylic adhesive preferably comprises an acrylic resin formed from a composition containing: (a) alkyl (meth)acrylates having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety, (b) At least one selected from (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid having OH groups, (c) at least one selected from multifunctional isocyanate-based crosslinking agents and epoxy-based crosslinking agents Kind. The content ratio of component (a) in the acrylic resin-forming composition is preferably 85% by weight to 99.5% by weight, more preferably 90% by weight to 98.5% by weight, and still more preferably 92.5% by weight to 98% by weight , Particularly preferably 95% by weight to 97.5% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (a) in the acrylic resin-forming composition within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: In this case, it is difficult for the optical member to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of component (b) in the acrylic resin-forming composition is preferably 0.5% by weight to 15% by weight, more preferably 1.5% by weight to 10% by weight, and still more preferably 2% by weight to 7.5% by weight , Particularly preferably 2.5% by weight to 5% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (b) in the acrylic resin-forming composition within the above range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: In this case, it is difficult for the optical member to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of component (c) in the acrylic resin-forming composition is preferably 1% by weight to 10% by weight, more preferably 1.5% by weight to 9% by weight, and still more preferably 2% by weight to 8% by weight , Particularly preferably 2.5% by weight to 7% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (c) in the acrylic resin-forming composition within the above range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: In this case, the optical member is unlikely to be peeled from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl ester moiety include: n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) Tert-butyl acrylate, n-pentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, isohexyl (meth)acrylate, n-heptyl (meth)acrylate, Isoheptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Yl)isononyl acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. These may be only one type or two or more types. The carbon number of the alkyl group in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having 4-12 carbon atoms in the alkyl ester moiety is preferably 4-10, more preferably 4-8. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of (meth)acrylates having OH groups include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, ( 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate Hydroxy-3-methylbutyl ester, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 7-hydroxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate Decyl ester, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl acrylate. These may be only one type or two or more types. Examples of polyfunctional isocyanate-based crosslinking agents include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butylene diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate; cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexyl diisocyanate, and isophorone Alicyclic isocyanates such as diisocyanate; aromatic isocyanates such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate; trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate Trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE L", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE HL", Nippon Polyurethane Industry Manufactured by the company), isocyanurate adducts of hexamethylene diisocyanate (trade name "CORONATE HX", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry), etc. These may be only one type or two or more types. Examples of epoxy crosslinking agents include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resins, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, and glycerol triglycidyl ether. Glyceryl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidyl aniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl Metaxylylenediamine (trade name "TETRAD-X", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (trade name "TETRAD-C") ", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company) etc. These may be only one type or two or more types. The acrylic resin-forming composition may further contain a crosslinking catalyst. Examples of crosslinking catalysts include metal crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, iron acetone acetone, butyl tin oxide, and dioctyl tin dilaurate (especially It is a tin-based cross-linking catalyst) and so on. There may be only one type of such a crosslinking catalyst, or two or more types. In the acrylic resin-forming composition, any appropriate other monomer may be contained within a range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of such other monomers include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Esters, (meth)acrylamide, vinyl acetate, (meth)acrylonitrile, etc. These may be only one type or two or more types. The acrylic resin-forming composition may contain any appropriate other components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than acrylic resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, anti-aging agents, conductive agents, and ultraviolet rays. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. Regarding the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin, the value measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using tetrahydrofuran solvent is preferably 100,000 or more, more preferably 100,000 to 3 million, and more preferably It is 200,000 to 2 million, preferably 300,000 to 1 million. By adjusting the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to contact The release liner is peeled off from the surface protection film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The acrylic resin can be manufactured by any appropriate method within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such a method, for example, a polymerization reaction of a composition forming an acrylic resin can be cited. Specific polymerization methods of the polymerization reaction include, for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization (active energy ray polymerization). From the viewpoint of cost or productivity, the solution polymerization method is particularly preferred. As the solution polymerization method, for example, a method of dissolving a monomer component, a polymerization initiator, etc. in a solvent, and heating for polymerization, to obtain a base polymer solution containing a base polymer. Examples of solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, benzene, and xylene; esters such as ethyl acetate and n-butyl acetate; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane; cyclohexane and methyl ring Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane; organic solvents such as ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone. The solvent may be only one type or two or more types. Examples of polymerization initiators that can be used in solution polymerization include peroxide-based polymerization initiators and azo-based polymerization initiators. Examples of peroxide-based polymerization initiators include peroxycarbonate, ketone peroxide, peroxyketal, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, diacyl peroxide, peroxyester, etc. Specifically, examples include: benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl hydroperoxide, di-tertiary butyl peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, 1,1-bis (Tertiary butyl peroxide) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis (tertiary butyl peroxide) cyclododecane. As an azo polymerization initiator, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis( 2,4-Dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4- Dimethylvaleronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-nitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), 4,4 '-Azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl- 2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'- Dimethylene isobutyl amidine) hydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine] hydrate. The polymerization initiator may be only one type or two or more types. The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.05 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight relative to the total amount of monomer components (100 parts by weight) constituting the base polymer. As the heating temperature during heating and polymerization in the solution polymerization method, any appropriate heating temperature can be set within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such heating temperature, 50-80 degreeC is preferable. As the heating time when heating for polymerization in the solution polymerization method, any appropriate heating time can be set within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such heating time, 1 hour-24 hours are preferable. [Rubber-based adhesive] As the rubber-based adhesive, any appropriate rubber-based adhesive, such as the known rubber-based adhesive described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2015-074771, etc., can be used within the range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Agent. These may be only one type or two or more types. [Polysiloxane Adhesives] As the silicone adhesives, for example, the known polysiloxane adhesives described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2014-047280 etc. can be used as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Any appropriate silicone adhesive. These may be only one type or two or more types. ≪Release liner≫ Examples of the release liner include: paper, plastic film and other substrates (liner substrate) surface treated with silicone release liner, paper, plastic film and other substrates (liner substrate) The surface of the material) is laminated with polyolefin resin. Regarding the plastic film as the backing substrate, for example, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, polyvinyl chloride film, and vinyl chloride copolymer film can be cited. , Polyethylene terephthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, etc. Regarding the plastic film as the base material of the cushion, a polyethylene film is preferred. ≪Adhesive layer (2)≫ The adhesive layer (2) can be manufactured by any appropriate manufacturing method. As such a manufacturing method, for example, a method of applying a composition as a forming material of the adhesive layer (2) on a release liner and forming the adhesive layer (2) on the release liner. Examples of such coating methods include roll coating, gravure coating, reverse coating, roll brushing, spray coating, air knife coating, and extrusion coating using a die coater. The thickness of the adhesive layer (2) is preferably 1 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 400 μm, still more preferably 5 μm to 350 μm, and particularly preferably 10 μm to 300 μm. By adjusting the thickness of the adhesive layer (2) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easily peeled off The liner is peeled from the surface protective film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (2) is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 60% by weight to 100% by weight, and still more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, particularly preferably It is 80% by weight to 100% by weight, and most preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the adhesive in the adhesive layer (2) within the above range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member The member is not easily peeled from the surface protection film together with the release liner, that is, it is not easily peeled off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (2) is preferably an acrylic adhesive. The acrylic adhesive contains acrylic resin. The content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic adhesive is preferably 50% by weight to 100% by weight, more preferably 70% by weight to 100% by weight, still more preferably 90% by weight to 100% by weight, and particularly preferably 95% by weight. Weight% to 100% by weight, preferably 98% to 100% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the acrylic resin in the acrylic adhesive within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effects: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member It is difficult to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. In addition to the acrylic resin, the acrylic adhesive may contain any appropriate other components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than acrylic resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, anti-aging agents, conductive agents, and ultraviolet rays. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. As the acrylic resin, any appropriate acrylic resin can be used within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. The acrylic adhesive preferably comprises an acrylic resin formed from a composition containing: (a) alkyl (meth)acrylates having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety, (b) At least one selected from (meth)acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid having OH groups, (c) at least one selected from multifunctional isocyanate-based crosslinking agents and epoxy-based crosslinking agents Kind. The content ratio of component (a) in the acrylic resin-forming composition is preferably 85% by weight to 99.9% by weight, more preferably 90% by weight to 99.8% by weight, and still more preferably 92.5% by weight to 99.7% by weight , Particularly preferably 95% by weight to 99.6% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (a) in the acrylic resin-forming composition within the above range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: In this case, it is difficult for the optical member to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of component (b) in the acrylic resin-forming composition is preferably 0.1% by weight to 15% by weight, more preferably 0.2% by weight to 10% by weight, and still more preferably 0.3% by weight to 7.5% by weight , Particularly preferably 0.4% by weight to 5% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (b) in the acrylic resin-forming composition within the above range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: In this case, it is difficult for the optical member to peel off from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. The content ratio of component (c) in the acrylic resin-forming composition is preferably 0.01% by weight to 1.5% by weight, more preferably 0.02% by weight to 1.0% by weight, and still more preferably 0.03% by weight to 0.8% by weight , Particularly preferably 0.05% by weight to 0.7% by weight. By adjusting the content ratio of the component (c) in the acrylic resin-forming composition within the above range, the optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: In this case, the optical member is unlikely to be peeled from the surface protective film together with the release liner, that is, it is difficult to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protective film. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylates having 4 to 12 carbon atoms in the alkyl ester moiety include: n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) Tert-butyl acrylate, n-pentyl (meth)acrylate, isoamyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, isohexyl (meth)acrylate, n-heptyl (meth)acrylate, Isoheptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Yl)isononyl acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. These may be only one type or two or more types. The carbon number of the alkyl group in the alkyl (meth)acrylate having 4-12 carbon atoms in the alkyl ester moiety is preferably 4-10, more preferably 4-8. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. Examples of (meth)acrylates having OH groups include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, ( 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 5-hydroxypentyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate Hydroxy-3-methylbutyl ester, 6-hydroxyhexyl (meth)acrylate, 7-hydroxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, 8-hydroxyoctyl (meth)acrylate, 10-hydroxyl (meth)acrylate Decyl ester, 12-hydroxylauryl (meth)acrylate, (4-hydroxymethylcyclohexyl)methyl acrylate. These may be only one type or two or more types. Examples of polyfunctional isocyanate-based crosslinking agents include lower aliphatic polyisocyanates such as butylene diisocyanate and hexamethylene diisocyanate, cyclopentyl diisocyanate, cyclohexyl diisocyanate, and isophorone Alicyclic isocyanates such as diisocyanate; aromatic isocyanates such as 2,4-toluene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate; trimethylolpropane/toluene diisocyanate Trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE L", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry), trimethylolpropane/hexamethylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (trade name "CORONATE HL", Nippon Polyurethane Industry Manufactured by the company), isocyanurate adducts of hexamethylene diisocyanate (trade name "CORONATE HX", manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry), etc. These may be only one type or two or more types. Examples of epoxy crosslinking agents include bisphenol A, epichlorohydrin type epoxy resins, ethylene glycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, and glycerol triglycidyl ether. Glyceryl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, diglycidyl aniline, diamine glycidylamine, N,N,N',N'-tetraglycidyl Metaxylylenediamine (trade name "TETRAD-X", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.), 1,3-bis(N,N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane (trade name "TETRAD-C") ", manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company) etc. These may be only one type or two or more types. The acrylic resin-forming composition may further contain a crosslinking catalyst. Examples of crosslinking catalysts include metal crosslinking catalysts such as tetra-n-butyl titanate, tetraisopropyl titanate, iron acetone acetone, butyl tin oxide, and dioctyl tin dilaurate (especially It is a tin-based cross-linking catalyst) and so on. There may be only one type of such a crosslinking catalyst, or two or more types. In the acrylic resin-forming composition, any appropriate other monomer may be contained within a range that does not impair the effect of the present invention. Examples of such other monomers include benzyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate. Esters, (meth)acrylamide, vinyl acetate, (meth)acrylonitrile, etc. These may be only one type or two or more types. The acrylic resin-forming composition may contain any appropriate other components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Examples of such other components include: resin components other than acrylic resins, adhesion imparting agents, inorganic fillers, organic fillers, metal powders, pigments, foils, softeners, anti-aging agents, conductive agents, and ultraviolet rays. Absorbents, antioxidants, light stabilizers, surface lubricants, leveling agents, preservatives, heat-resistant stabilizers, polymerization inhibitors, lubricants, solvents, catalysts, etc. Regarding the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin, the value measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method using tetrahydrofuran solvent is preferably 1 million or more, more preferably 1.1 million to 2.5 million, and more preferably 1.2 million to 2.3 million, particularly preferably 1.3 million to 2.1 million. By adjusting the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin within the above-mentioned range, the optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can further exhibit the following effect: when the release liner is to be peeled off, the optical member is not easy to contact The release liner is peeled off from the surface protection film together, that is, it is not easy to peel off at the interface between the optical member and the surface protection film. The acrylic resin can be manufactured by any appropriate method within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such a method, for example, a polymerization reaction of a composition forming an acrylic resin can be cited. Specific polymerization methods of the polymerization reaction include, for example, solution polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, suspension polymerization, and photopolymerization (active energy ray polymerization). From the viewpoint of cost or productivity, the solution polymerization method is particularly preferred. As the solution polymerization method, for example, a method of dissolving a monomer component, a polymerization initiator, etc. in a solvent, and heating for polymerization, to obtain a base polymer solution containing a base polymer. Examples of solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, benzene, and xylene; esters such as ethyl acetate and n-butyl acetate; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-hexane and n-heptane; cyclohexane and methyl ring Alicyclic hydrocarbons such as hexane; organic solvents such as ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone. The solvent may be only one type or two or more types. Examples of polymerization initiators that can be used in solution polymerization include peroxide-based polymerization initiators and azo-based polymerization initiators. Examples of peroxide-based polymerization initiators include peroxycarbonate, ketone peroxide, peroxyketal, hydrogen peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, diacyl peroxide, peroxyester, etc. Specifically, examples include: benzoyl peroxide, tertiary butyl hydroperoxide, di-tertiary butyl peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, 1,1-bis (Tertiary butyl peroxide) -3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis (tertiary butyl peroxide) cyclododecane. As an azo polymerization initiator, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis( 2,4-Dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid) dimethyl, 2,2'-azobis(4-methoxy-2,4- Dimethylvaleronitrile), 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-nitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4,4-trimethylpentane), 4,4 '-Azobis-4-cyanovaleric acid, 2,2'-azobis(2-amidinopropane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[2-(5-methyl- 2-imidazolin-2-yl)propane) dihydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionamidine) disulfate, 2,2'-azobis(N,N'- Dimethylene isobutyl amidine) hydrochloride, 2,2'-azobis[N-(2-carboxyethyl)-2-methylpropionamidine] hydrate. The polymerization initiator may be only one type or two or more types. The content of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 parts by weight to 5 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.05 parts by weight to 3 parts by weight relative to the total amount of monomer components (100 parts by weight) constituting the base polymer. As the heating temperature during heating and polymerization in the solution polymerization method, any appropriate heating temperature can be set within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such heating temperature, 50-80 degreeC is preferable. As the heating time when heating for polymerization in the solution polymerization method, any appropriate heating time can be set within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. As such heating time, 1 hour-24 hours are preferable. ≪≪Method for manufacturing optical component with surface protection film≫≫ As long as the method for manufacturing optical component with surface protection film of the present invention is a method that can produce an optical component with surface protection film with the following configuration, it can be Using any appropriate method, the optical member with a surface protective film sequentially has: a laminate of an optical member and a surface protective film, an adhesive layer (2) provided on the opposite side of the optical member from the surface protective film, And a release liner provided on the side of the adhesive layer (2) opposite to the optical member, and the surface protection film includes a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), and the adhesive layer (1) of the surface protection film ) Is the optical member side. The method of manufacturing an optical member with a surface protection film of the present invention is preferably to bond the surface protection film to the optical member while applying tension to the surface protection film when bonding the surface protection film. The tension can be appropriately set according to the composition of the surface protection film (for example, thickness, forming material, elastic modulus, tensile elongation, etc.). It can be manufactured by the operations described above. [Examples] Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with examples, but the present invention is not limited in any way by these examples. In addition, the test and evaluation methods in Examples etc. are as follows. In addition, when it is described as "parts", it means "parts by weight" as long as there is no special description, and when it is described as "%", it means "weight%" as long as there is no special description. [Manufacturing Example 1]: Manufacturing of adhesive for polarizing plate To a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a condenser, butyl acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 99 parts by weight, acrylic acid was added 4-Hydroxybutyl ester (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 1 part by weight, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile as a polymerization initiator (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.): 0.1 weight part Parts, ethyl acetate: 100 parts by weight, while slowly stirring, while introducing nitrogen gas, the liquid temperature in the flask was kept at around 55°C for 8 hours polymerization reaction to prepare an acrylic polymer solution (50% by weight) with a weight average molecular weight of 1.6 million ). The obtained acrylic polymer solution (50% by weight) was diluted with ethyl acetate to 20% by weight, and to 100 parts by weight of the solution was added CORONATE L (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) as a crosslinking agent: 0.1 Part by weight and mixed and stirred to prepare an acrylic adhesive solution. [Manufacturing Example 2]: Manufacturing of polarizing plate (manufacturing of polarizing element) A polyvinyl alcohol film with a degree of polymerization of 2400, a degree of saponification of 99.9%, and a thickness of 30 μm was immersed in warm water at 30°C. The length of the vinyl alcohol film becomes 2.0 times the original length and uniaxially stretched. Then, it was immersed in a 0.3% by weight aqueous solution (dyeing bath) of a mixture of iodine and potassium iodide (weight ratio = 0.5: 8), and the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film became 3.0 times the original length. Shaft stretching, dye the film on one side. Then, while immersing it in an aqueous solution of 5% by weight of boric acid and 3% by weight of potassium iodide (crosslinking bath 1), it was stretched so that the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film became 3.7 times the original length. Stretching is performed in an aqueous solution of 4% by weight of boric acid and 5% by weight of potassium iodide at 60°C (crosslinking bath 2) so that the length of the polyvinyl alcohol film becomes 6 times the original length. Then, after performing an iodide ion impregnation treatment with an aqueous solution of potassium iodide 3% by weight (iodine impregnation bath), it was dried in an oven at 60° C. for 4 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. The thickness of the obtained polarizing element was 12 μm. (Preparation of Aqueous Adhesive) Put the polyvinyl alcohol resin containing acetyl acetyl group (average degree of polymerization: 1200, saponification degree: 98.5 mol%, acetyl acetyl group: 5 mol%) at 30 It is dissolved in pure water at a temperature of ℃ and adjusted to 4% solid content concentration to obtain a water-based adhesive. (Manufacturing of polarizing plate) The above-mentioned water-based adhesive was coated on a 25 μm-thick cellulose triacetate (TAC) so that the thickness of the adhesive layer after drying became 80 nm to obtain a polarizing element with an adhesive layer Protective film. Then, at a temperature of 23° C., the polarizing element protective film with the adhesive layer was pasted on both sides of the polarizing element by a roller press, and then dried at 55° C. for 6 minutes to produce a polarizing plate. The bonding of the polarizing element and the protective film of the polarizing element with the adhesive layer is performed in a manner that the polarizing element and the adhesive layer of the protective film of the polarizing element with the adhesive layer are in contact with each other. Thus, the polarizing plate is manufactured. [Manufacturing Example 3]: Manufacturing of release liner The adhesive for polarizing plate manufactured in Manufacturing Example 1 was respectively coated on a polysilicone with a thickness of 38 μm containing a polyester resin on one side of which was treated with silicone The oxygen-treated surface and the polysiloxane-treated surface of a base material containing polyester resin with a thickness of 50 μm are cured and dried at a drying temperature of 150°C and a drying time of 2 minutes so that the thickness after drying becomes 20 μm , Form an adhesive layer. In this way, a laminate of a release liner and an adhesive layer with a thickness of 38 μm and a laminate of a release liner and an adhesive layer with a thickness of 50 μm were manufactured. [Manufacturing Example 4]: Manufacturing of a polarizing plate with a laminate of a release liner and an adhesive layer. The one-side bonding of the polarizing plate obtained in Manufacturing Example 2 and the release liner and adhesive layer obtained in Manufacturing Example 3 On the adhesive layer side of the laminated body, a polarizing plate of the laminated body with the release liner and the adhesive layer is manufactured. The thickness of the polarizing plate with the adhesive layer except for the release liner is 82 μm. [Production Example 5]: Production of a urethane-based adhesive composition (U1) as a forming material for the adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film. Addition of a polyhydric alcohol (A) with 3 OH groups Alcohol is Preminol S3011 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd., Mn=10000), polyol with 3 OH groups, namely SANNIX GP-3000 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Mn=3000), polyol with 3 OH groups Namely, SANNIX GP-1000 (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Co., Ltd., Mn=1000), CORONATE HX (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) as a polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate compound as a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), catalyst (Manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., trade name: Nasemuiron), Irganox 1010 (manufactured by BASF) as a deterioration inhibitor, isopropyl myristate (manufactured by Kao Co., Ltd., trade name: EXCEPARL IPM) as a fatty acid ester , Mn = 270) or cetyl 2-ethylhexanoate (manufactured by Nissin Orion Group Co., Ltd., trade name: SALACOS 816T, Mn = 368), 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazolium double (Fluoromethanesulfonyl) imine (manufactured by Daiichi Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., trade name: AS110), two-terminal polyether-modified silicone oil (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., trade name: KF-6004) and ethyl acetate as a dilution solvent are mixed and stirred to produce a urethane-based adhesive composition. The number of blended parts is described in Table 1. [Production Example 6]: Production of a urethane-based adhesive composition (U2) as a forming material for the adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film, adding CYABINESH as a urethane prepolymer (C) -109 (manufactured by TOYOCHEM Co., Ltd.), CORONATE HX (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) which is a polyfunctional alicyclic isocyanate compound as a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B), and toluene as a diluent, and mixed and stirred , Prepare a urethane-based adhesive composition (U2). The number of blended parts is described in Table 1. Furthermore, the blending parts of all materials other than toluene are calculated based on the solid content, and the parts of toluene refer to the amount of all solvents contained in the adhesive. [Manufacturing Example 7]: Manufacturing of acrylic adhesive composition (Ac1) as a material for forming the adhesive layer contained in the surface protective film was added to a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a condenser 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by weight, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.): 4 parts by weight, 2,2' as a polymerization initiator -Azobisisobutyronitrile (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.): 0.2 parts by weight, ethyl acetate: 156 parts by weight, while slowly stirring, nitrogen is introduced, and the liquid temperature in the flask is maintained at around 65°C. After 6 hours of polymerization, a solution (40% by weight) of acrylic polymer (Ac1P) with a weight average molecular weight of 550,000 was prepared. Relative to the obtained acrylic polymer solution (Ac1P) (40% by weight) with a weight average molecular weight of 550,000, CORONATE HX (manufactured by Nippon Polyurethane Industry Co., Ltd.) and catalyst (Nippon Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) are added as a crosslinking agent. It is manufactured by the company, brand name: Nasemuiron), and ethyl acetate as a dilution solvent, and mixed and stirred to produce an acrylic adhesive composition (Ac1). The number of blended parts is described in Table 1. Furthermore, the blending parts of all materials except ethyl acetate are calculated in terms of solid content, and the parts of ethyl acetate refer to the amount of all solvents contained in the adhesive. [Production Example 8]: Production of an acrylic adhesive composition (Ac2) as a material for forming the adhesive layer contained in the surface protective film. Add it to a four-necked flask equipped with a stirring blade, a thermometer, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a condenser Butyl acrylate (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.): 95 parts by weight, acrylic acid (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.): 5 parts by weight, 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile (and Kok Pure Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.): 0.2 parts by weight, ethyl acetate: 186 parts by weight. While slowly stirring, nitrogen was introduced, and the liquid temperature in the flask was maintained at around 63°C. The polymerization reaction was carried out for 10 hours to prepare the weight average molecular weight. 500,000 acrylic polymer (Ac2P) solution (35% by weight). To the obtained solution (35% by weight) of acrylic polymer (Ac2P) with a weight average molecular weight of 500,000, TETRAD C (manufactured by Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Co., Ltd.) and catalyst (Nippon Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) are added as a crosslinking agent Manufacture, trade name: Nasemuiron), and ethyl acetate as a dilution solvent are mixed and stirred to manufacture an acrylic adhesive composition (Ac2). The number of blended parts is described in Table 1. Furthermore, the blending parts of all materials except ethyl acetate are calculated in terms of solid content, and the parts of ethyl acetate refer to the amount of all solvents contained in the adhesive. [Production Example 9]: Production of a rubber adhesive composition (G) as a material for forming the adhesive layer contained in the surface protective film To Hybrar 5127 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.): 100 parts by weight added as a diluting solvent The toluene was mixed and stirred to produce a rubber-based adhesive composition (G). The number of blended parts is described in Table 1. [Production Example 10]: Production of a silicone adhesive composition (S) as a material for forming an adhesive layer contained in a surface protective film. Addition reaction type silicone adhesive (trade name: X- 40-3306, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) and platinum-based catalyst (trade name: CAT-PL-50T, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) are mixed to produce a silicone adhesive composition (S) . The number of blended parts is described in Table 1. [Manufacturing Example 11]: Manufacturing of surface protection film with release film The various adhesive compositions obtained are coated on a substrate containing polyester resin "Lumirror S10" using a grooved roller so that the thickness after drying becomes 10 μm "(Thickness: 38 μm, manufactured by Toray), curing and drying are performed under the conditions of a drying temperature of 130°C and a drying time of 30 seconds. In this way, an adhesive layer is formed on the substrate. Then, the surface of the adhesive layer was laminated on the surface of the adhesive layer with a 25 μm thickness polysiloxane-treated substrate (separation film) containing a polyester resin on the opposite side of the silicone treatment to obtain a surface protective film with a release film. . <Measurement of the initial peeling force P of the optical member> The surface of the polarizing plate of the laminate with the release liner and the adhesive layer manufactured in Production Example 4 on the opposite side of the release liner was pasted with a pressure of 0.25 MPa Integrate surface protection film to make polarizing plate with surface protection film. Cut the manufactured polarizing plate with surface protection film into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length. Furthermore, as a method for cutting the polarizing plate with surface protection film, a cutting machine is used, but it can also be cut with a super cutting machine. After placing it in an environment of 23℃×50%RH for 24 hours, peel off the release liner of the polarizing plate with the surface protection film, and cut it into a single-sided adhesive tape with a width of 25 mm and a length of 50 mm (Nichiban Co., Ltd.) Manufactured, the trade name "Cellotape (registered trademark)") is crimped on the adhesive layer side of the polarizing plate with surface protection film so that the end surface is exposed 1 mm, and left for 10 seconds. Then, for the single-sided adhesive tape, use a universal tensile testing machine (manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd., product name: TCM-1kNB) at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and 6.0 m/min, and a peeling angle of 180°. Peeling, at this time, the maximum stress applied at the beginning of peeling is taken as the initial peeling force (N/25 mm). The measurement is performed under an environment of 23°C×50%RH. <Measurement of the initial peeling force Q of the release liner> For the polarizing plate of the laminate with the release liner and the adhesive layer manufactured in Production Example 4, the pressure of 0.25 MPa was applied to the opposite side of the release liner Laminate the surface protection film to make a polarizing plate with surface protection film. Cut the manufactured polarizing plate with surface protection film into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length. Furthermore, as a method for cutting the polarizing plate with surface protection film, a cutting machine is used, but it can also be cut with a super cutting machine. After being placed in an environment of 23℃×50%RH for 24 hours, the single-sided adhesive tape (manufactured by Nichiban Corporation, trade name "Cellotape (registered trademark)") cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 50 mm in length is exposed at the end. 1 mm crimp on the release liner side of the polarizing plate with surface protection film, and leave it for 10 seconds. Then, for the single-sided adhesive tape, use a universal tensile testing machine (manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd., product name: TCM-1kNB) at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and 6.0 m/min, and a peeling angle of 180°. Peeling, at this time, the maximum stress applied at the beginning of peeling is taken as the initial peeling force (N/25 mm). The measurement is performed under an environment of 23°C×50%RH. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peel speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peel force Q=0.40 N/25 mm. When the thickness of the release liner is 38 μm and the peel speed is 6 m/min, the initial peel force Q=1.23 N/25 mm. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peel speed is 300 mm/min, the initial peel force Q=1.99 N/25 mm. When the thickness of the release liner is 50 μm and the peel speed is 6 m/min, the initial peel force Q = 2.60 N/25 mm. <Measurement of the initial adhesion of the surface protection film> The surface protection film with the release film obtained in Manufacturing Example 11 was cut into a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length, and the release film was peeled off. Then, the polarizing plate with the laminate of the release liner and the adhesive layer obtained in Production Example 4 was cut into a width of 70 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a pressure of 0.25 MPa was applied to the surface opposite to the release liner Laminate the adhesive layer of the surface protection film to make evaluation samples. After lamination, place it in an environment of 23℃×50%RH for 30 minutes, and use a universal tensile testing machine (manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd., product name: TCM-1kNB) at a peeling speed of 300 mm/min and a peeling angle of 180 degrees Peel off the protective film on the surface. At this time, measure the adhesive force of the area where the value gradually stabilizes. The measurement is performed under an environment of 23°C×50%RH. <Measurement of the wetting rate of the surface protective film> The surface protective film with the release film obtained in Production Example 11 was cut into a width of 2.5 cm and a length of 10 cm to prepare an evaluation sample. As the adherend, the polarizing plate with the laminate of the release liner and the adhesive layer obtained in Manufacturing Example 4 was used. Fix one end of the width side of the adhesive layer side of the evaluation sample from which the release film has been peeled on the surface of the adherend opposite to the release liner, lift up the end of the unfixed width side, and place it by hand The time from opening to 100 mm of wetting and spreading. (Unit: second/2.5 cm×10 cm). According to the time spent, calculate the wetting speed (unit: cm ² /second). <Measurement of weight average molecular weight> The measurement of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic polymer obtained in Production Examples 7 and 8 was performed using a GPC device (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd., HLC-8220GPC). The measurement conditions are as follows. In addition, the weight average molecular weight is calculated|required from the polystyrene conversion value. Sample concentration: 0.2% by weight (THF solution) Sample injection volume: 10 μl Eluent THF flow rate: 0.6 ml/min Measurement temperature: 40°C Sample column: TSKguardcolumn SuperHZ-H (1) + TSKgel SuperHZM-H (2) ) Reference column: TSKgel SuperH-RC (1 piece) Detector: Differential Refractometer (RI) [Examples 1 to 15, Comparative Examples 1 to 3] According to the number of blends shown in Table 1, the manufacturing example 11 Cut the surface protection film with isolation film obtained in the above to a size of 25 mm in width and 80 mm in length, and peel off the isolation film. Then, the polarizing plate with the laminate of the release liner and the adhesive layer obtained in Manufacturing Example 4 was cut into a width of 70 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a pressure layer of 0.25 MPa was applied to the surface opposite to the release liner Press the adhesive layer of the surface protection film to obtain a release liner/adhesive layer/optical member/surface protection film (adhesive layer/substrate layer) to obtain an optical member with a surface protection film (1)～(15) ), (C1)～(C3). The results are shown in Table 1. [Table 1]

[Industrial Applicability] The optical member with a surface protective film of the present invention can be used for any appropriate application. Preferably, the optical component with a surface protection film of the present invention can be preferably used in the field of optical components or electronic components.

10‧‧‧剝離襯墊 20‧‧‧黏著劑層(2) 30‧‧‧光學構件 40‧‧‧黏著劑層(1) 50‧‧‧基材層 100‧‧‧表面保護膜 1000‧‧‧附有表面保護膜之光學構件 P‧‧‧光學構件之起始剝離力 Q‧‧‧剝離襯墊之起始剝離力10‧‧‧Release liner 20‧‧‧Adhesive layer (2) 30‧‧‧Optical components 40‧‧‧Adhesive layer (1) 50‧‧‧Substrate layer 100‧‧‧Surface protective film 1000‧‧‧Optical components with surface protective film P‧‧‧Initial peeling force of optical components Q‧‧‧The initial peeling force of the release liner

圖1係本發明之一實施形態之附有表面保護膜之光學構件之概略剖視圖。 圖2係對光學構件自該光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體之起始剝離力P進行說明之概略剖視圖。 圖3係對剝離襯墊之起始剝離力Q進行說明之概略剖視圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an optical member with a surface protective film according to an embodiment of the present invention. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view explaining the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminate of the optical member and the surface protection film. Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating the initial peel force Q of the release liner.

10‧‧‧剝離襯墊 10‧‧‧Release liner

20‧‧‧黏著劑層(2) 20‧‧‧Adhesive layer (2)

30‧‧‧光學構件 30‧‧‧Optical components

40‧‧‧黏著劑層(1) 40‧‧‧Adhesive layer (1)

50‧‧‧基材層 50‧‧‧Substrate layer

100‧‧‧表面保護膜 100‧‧‧Surface protective film

1000‧‧‧附有表面保護膜之光學構件 1000‧‧‧Optical components with surface protective film

Claims (12)

一種附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其依序具有：光學構件與表面保護膜之積層體、於該光學構件之與該表面保護膜相反側具備之黏著劑層(2)、及於該黏著劑層(2)之與該光學構件相反側具備之剝離襯墊，且該表面保護膜包含基材層與黏著劑層(1)，該表面保護膜之該黏著劑層(1)為光學構件側，該光學構件自該積層體之起始剝離力P大於該剝離襯墊自該積層體之起始剝離力Q，且該黏著劑層(1)所含有之黏著劑為選自胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑及橡膠系黏著劑中之至少1種，該黏著劑層(2)所含有之黏著劑為丙烯酸系黏著劑。 An optical component with a surface protective film, which sequentially has: a laminate of an optical component and a surface protective film, an adhesive layer (2) provided on the side of the optical component opposite to the surface protective film, and the adhesive A release liner provided on the side opposite to the optical member of the agent layer (2), and the surface protective film includes a substrate layer and an adhesive layer (1), and the adhesive layer (1) of the surface protective film is an optical member On the other hand, the initial peeling force P of the optical member from the laminate is greater than the initial peeling force Q of the release liner from the laminate, and the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (1) is selected from urethane At least one of an acid ester adhesive and a rubber adhesive, and the adhesive contained in the adhesive layer (2) is an acrylic adhesive. 如請求項1之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述光學構件之厚度為1μm~500μm。 Such as the optical component with surface protection film of claim 1, wherein the thickness of the above-mentioned optical component is 1 μm to 500 μm. 如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述表面保護膜之厚度為5μm~500μm。 Such as the optical component with surface protection film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickness of the surface protection film is 5μm~500μm. 如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述剝離襯墊之厚度為1μm~500μm。 Such as the optical member with surface protection film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickness of the release liner is 1 μm to 500 μm. 如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述基材層為塑膠膜。 Such as the optical component with surface protection film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the substrate layer is a plastic film. 如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有多元醇(A)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 The optical member with a surface protective film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the urethane-based adhesive includes a polyamine group formed from a composition containing a polyol (A) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) Formate resin. 如請求項6之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述多元醇(A)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。 The optical member with a surface protective film of claim 6, wherein the equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the polyol (A) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is 2.0 or less in terms of NCO group/OH group . 如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑包含由含有胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)之組合物形成之聚胺基甲酸酯系樹脂。 The optical member with a surface protective film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the urethane-based adhesive comprises a combination of a urethane-containing prepolymer (C) and a polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) Polyurethane resin formed by the compound. 如請求項8之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯預聚物(C)與上述多官能異氰酸酯化合物(B)中之NCO基與OH基之當量比以NCO基/OH基計為2.0以下。 The optical member with a surface protective film of claim 8, wherein the equivalent ratio of the NCO group to the OH group in the urethane prepolymer (C) and the polyfunctional isocyanate compound (B) is NCO group/ The OH group is 2.0 or less. 如請求項6之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述胺基甲酸酯系黏著劑含有脂肪酸酯。 The optical member with a surface protective film according to claim 6, wherein the urethane-based adhesive contains fatty acid ester. 如請求項1之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述丙烯酸系黏著劑包含由如下組合物形成之丙烯酸系樹脂，該組合物含有：(a)烷基酯部分之烷基之碳數為4~12之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(b)選自具有OH基之(甲基)丙 烯酸酯及(甲基)丙烯酸中之至少1種、(c)選自多官能異氰酸酯系交聯劑及環氧系交聯劑中之至少1種。 The optical member with a surface protective film of claim 1, wherein the acrylic adhesive comprises an acrylic resin formed of the following composition, the composition containing: (a) the carbon number of the alkyl group of the alkyl ester moiety is 4~12 alkyl (meth)acrylate, (b) selected from (meth)acrylic acid with OH group At least one of acrylate and (meth)acrylic acid, and (c) at least one selected from the group consisting of a multifunctional isocyanate-based crosslinking agent and an epoxy-based crosslinking agent. 如請求項1或2之附有表面保護膜之光學構件，其中上述表面保護膜相對於上述光學構件表面之潤濕速度為5cm²/秒以上。 The optical member with a surface protective film of claim 1 or 2, wherein the wetting speed of the surface protective film with respect to the surface of the optical member is 5 cm ² /sec or more.

Images